Honda 2014 Odyssey Owners Manual

Honda-2014-Odyssey-Owners-Manual-106983 honda-2014-odyssey-owners-manual-106983

2015-10-23

: Honda Honda-2014-Honda-Odyssey-Owners-Manual-816820 honda-2014-honda-odyssey-owners-manual-816820 honda pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 565 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Contents

This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the

vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.

This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find

descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your

particular model.

Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)

represent features and equipment that are available on some, but

not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these

features.

This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and

Canada.

The information and specifications included in this publication were

in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.

reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications

or design at any time without notice and without incurring any

obligation.

2Safe Driving P. 25

For Safe Driving P. 26 Seat Belts P. 30 Airbags P. 39

2Instrument Panel P. 69

Indicators P. 70 Gauges and Displays P. 92

2Controls P. 107

Clock P. 108 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 110

Security System P. 135 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 138

Adjusting the Mirrors P. 158

Heating and Cooling* P. 194

2Features P. 205

Audio System P. 206 Audio System Basic Operation P. 211, 234

Rear Entertainment System* P. 276 Customized Features P. 295

2Driving P. 395

Before Driving P. 396 Towing a Trailer P. 401

Rearview Camera P. 445 Refueling P. 446

2Maintenance P. 451

Before Performing Maintenance P. 452 Maintenance MinderTM P. 455

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 486

Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care* P. 502

2Handling the Unexpected P. 509

Tools P. 510 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 511

Overheating P. 526 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 528

When You Cannot Open or Close the Tailgate P. 540

2Information P. 541

Specifications P. 542 Identification Numbers P. 544

Warranty Coverages P. 549 Authorized Manuals P. 551

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 0 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Contents

Child Safety P. 52 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 66 Safety Labels P. 67

Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 121 Opening and Closing the Sliding Doors P. 127

Opening and Closing the Moonroof* P. 141 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 142

Adjusting the Seats P. 161 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 176

Climate Control System* P. 198

Audio Error Messages P. 267 General Information on the Audio System P. 272

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver* P. 325 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 327, 360 Compass* P. 392

When Driving P. 407 Braking P. 436 Parking Your Vehicle P. 440

Fuel Economy P. 449 Accessories and Modifications P. 450

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 463 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 475

Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 490 Battery P. 499 Remote Transmitter Care P. 500

Heating and Cooling System*/Climate Control System* Maintenance P. 504 Cleaning P. 505

Engine Does Not Start P. 520 Jump Starting P. 523 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 525

Fuses P. 533 Emergency Towing P. 539

Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 545 Reporting Safety Defects P. 546 Emissions Testing P. 547

Customer Service Information P. 552

Quick Reference Guide P. 2

Safe Driving P. 25

Instrument Panel P. 69

Controls P. 107

Features P. 205

Driving P. 395

Maintenance P. 451

Handling the Unexpected P. 509

Information P. 541

Index P. 553

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 1 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index

❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button (P427)

❙Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Button* (P424)

❙Power Sliding Door Switch* (P129)

❙Power Tailgate Switch* (P123)

❙

Parking Sensor System Switch

(P441)

❙System Indicators (P70)

❙Gauges (P92)

❙Information Display* (P93)

❙Multi-Information Display* (P96)

❙Rear Window Defogger (P154)

❙Heated Mirror Button* (P154)

❙Hazard Warning Button

❙Heating and Cooling System* (P194)

❙Climate Control System* (P198)

❙Seat Heater Switches* (P189)

❙Cool Box Switch* (P180)

❙Center Pocket (P180)

❙Driving Position Memory System

Buttons* (P155) ❙Auxiliary Input Jack (P207)

❙USB Port (P207)

❙Audio System (P206)

❙Accessory Power Socket (P183)

❙Rear Entertainment System* (P276)

❙Beverage Holder* (P181)

❙Navigation System*

() See Navigation System Manual

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 2 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

❙Navigation System Voice Control Buttons*

() See Navigation System Manual

❙Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System

Buttons (P327, 360)

❙Audio Remote Control Buttons (P210)

❙Steering Wheel Adjustments (P157)

❙Cruise Control Buttons (P415)

❙Wipers/Washers (P151)

❙ (Select/Reset) Knob (P93)

❙Brightness Control (P153)

❙Shift Lever

Automatic Transmission (P412)

❙SEL/RESET Button* (P96)

❙ / (Information) Button* (P96)

❙Headlights/Turn Signals (P147)

❙LaneWatchTM* (P434)

❙Fog Lights* (P150)

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

❙Horn (Press an area around .)

❙ENGINE START/STOP Button*1 (P143)

❙Ignition Switch*1 (P142)

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 3 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Visual Index

Quick Reference Guide

❙Door Mirror Controls (P159)

❙Master Door Lock Switch (P118)

❙Hood Release Handle (P464)

❙Fuel Fill Door Release Handle (P447)

❙Coin Pocket

❙Parking Brake Pedal (P436)

❙Power Window Switches (P138)

❙Rearview Mirror (P158)

❙Driver Side Fuse Box (P535)

❙Passenger's Front Airbag

(P42)

❙Glove Box (P178)

❙Driver's Front Airbag (P42)

❙Passenger Side Fuse Box

(P536)

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 4 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

5
Quick Reference Guide
❙Sun Visors
❙Vanity Mirrors
❙Moonroof Switch* (P141)
❙Map Lights (P177)
❙HomeLink® Button* (P325)
❙Sunglasses Holder (P188)
❙Seat Belts (P30)
❙Grab Handle
❙Coat Hooks (P186)
❙Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P62)
❙Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P60)
❙Accessory Power Socket (P183)
❙Side Curtain Airbags (P48)
❙Coat Hooks (P186)
❙AC Power Outlet* (P185)
❙Auxiliary Input Jacks* (P276)
❙Side Airbags (P46)
❙Second Row Seat (P162, 169)
❙Front Seat (P161)
❙Removable Center Console* (P178)
❙Flip-up Trash Bag Ring* (P179)
❙Third Row Seat (P162, 169)
❙Folding the One-Motion Third Row Magic Seat (P173)
❙Second Row Multi-Functional Center Seat* (P162, 172)
❙Integrated Sunshades* (P190)
❙HondaVACTM* (P191)
* Not available on all models
14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book  5 ページ  ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Visual Index

Quick Reference Guide

❙Maintenance Under the Hood (P463)

❙Windshield Wipers (P151, 486)

❙Door Lock/Unlock Control (P113)

❙Power Door Mirrors (P159)

❙Headlights (P147, 475)

❙Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Lights (P147, 480)

❙Tires (P490, 511)

❙Fog Lights* (P150, 479)

❙How to Refuel (P447)

❙Rearview Camera (P445)

❙Opening/Closing the Tailgate (P121)

❙Back-Up Lights (P483)

❙Opening/Closing the Sliding Doors

(P127)

❙Taillights (P483)

❙Tailgate Outer Handle (P122)

❙Brake Lights (P481)

❙Rear Side Marker/Taillights (P481)

❙Rear Turn Signal Lights (P481)

❙High-Mount Brake Light (P485)

❙Rear License Plate Lights (P484)

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 6 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

Safe Driving (P25)

Airbags (P39)

●Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and

your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety (P52)

●All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.

●Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.

●Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P66)

●Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain

carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined

spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.

Before Driving Checklist (P29)

●Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,

steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.

Seat Belts (P30)

●Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well

back in the seat.

●Check that your passengers are wearing

their seat belts correctly.

Fasten your lap belt as

low as possible.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 7 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

Instrument Panel (P69)

System Indicators

Malfunction

Indicator Lamp

Low Oil Pressure

Indicator

Charging System

Indicator

Anti-lock Brake System

(ABS) Indicator

Vehicle Stability Assist

(VSA®) System Indicator

VSA® OFF Indicator

Low Tire Pressure

Indicator*/

Low Tire Pressure/

TPMS Indicator*

Security System Alarm

Indicator*

Lights Reminders

Lights On Indicator

High Beam Indicator

Fog Light Indicator*

Immobilizer System

Indicator

Seat Belt Reminder

Indicator

System Indicators

Starter System

Indicator*

System Message

Indicator*

Parking Brake

and Brake System

Indicator (Red)

Supplemental

Restraint System

Indicator

Door and Tailgate Open Indicator/

Parking Sensor Indicator*

CRUISE MAIN

Indicator

Tachometer

Information Display*/

Multi-Information Display*

Speedometer

Fuel Gauge

Shift Lever

Position Indicator

Power Sliding Door

Indicator*

Gauges (P92)/Information Display* (P93)/

Multi-Information Display* (P96)/System Indicators (P70)

Power Tailgate

Indicator*

Fuel Economy

Indicator

TPMS Indicator*

Turn Signal and

Hazard Warning

Indicators

Maintenance Minder

Indicator*

Daytime Running

Lights Indicator*

Washer Level

Indicator*

Blind Spot Information

System Indicator*

CRUISE CONTROL

Indicator

Temperature

Gauge

Low Fuel

Indicator

Smart Entry System

Indicator*

Forward Collision Warning

(FCW) Indicator*

Lane Departure Warning

(LDW) Indicator*

Brake System Indicator

(Amber)

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

System Indicators

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 8 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

Controls (P107)

Clock (P108)

aEnter the Clock Adjustment screen.

2Adjusting the Clock (P108)

bRotate to change hour, then press

cRotate to change minute, then

press .

The navigation system receives signals from

GPS satellites, updating the clock

automatically.

Models with navigation system

ENGINE START/STOP

Button* (P143)

Press the button to change the vehicle’s

power mode.

Turn Signals (P147)

Turn Signal Control Lever

Right

Left

Lights (P147)

Wipers and Washers (P151)

Light Control Switches

Low Beam

High Beam

Flashing

Wiper/Washer Control Lever

Adjustment Ring

: Long Delay

: Short Delay

MIST

OFF

INT: Low speed with intermittent

LO: Low speed wipe

HI: High speed wipe

Pull toward

you to spray

washer fluid.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 9 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

Steering Wheel (P157)

●To adjust, push the adjustment lever

down, adjust to the desired position, then

pull up the lever back in place.

Power Sliding Door*

(P129)

●When the main switch is ON, the power

sliding door opens and closes

automatically when you press OPEN or

CLOSE side of the / switch.

Tailgate (P121)

●To open the tailgate, press and hold the

tailgate outer handle, and lift up.

●Press the power tailgate button on the

instrument panel or the smart entry

remote to open and close the power

tailgate.

Tailgate

Outer

Handle

Models with the power tailgate

Power Door Mirrors

(P159)

●With the ignition switch in ON (w*1, move

the selector switch to L or R.

●Push the appropriate edge of the

adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.

●Press the folding button* to fold in and

out the door mirrors.

●Place the selector switch in the L or R

position to use the reverse tilt door mirror

feature.

Selector Switch

Adjustment Switch

Folding Button*

Models with driving position memory system

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 10 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

Power Windows (P138)

●With the ignition switch in ON (w*1, open

and close the power windows.

●If the power window lock button is in the

OFF position, the passenger's window can

be opened and closed with its own

switch.

●If the power window lock button is in the

ON position (indicator is on), the

passenger's window switch is disabled.

Power Window Lock Button

Window Switch

Indicator

Heating and Cooling System* (P194)

●Rotate the fan control dial to adjust the fan speed.

●Press the Mode button to select the vents air flows from.

●Rotate the temperature control dial to adjust the temperature.

●Use the button for maximum cool setting.

●Press the button to turn the system on or off.

●Press the button to defrost the windshield.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

Fan Control Dial

(Rear Window

Defogger/Heated

Mirror*) Button

A/C (Air

Conditioning)

Button

Air flows from floor and

windshield defroster vents.

Air flows from floor vents.

Air flows from floor and

dashboard vents.

Air flows from dashboard

vents.

Button

(Recirculation) Button

Temperature

Control Dial

(On/Off)

Button

Mode Control Button

(Windshield

Defroster) Button

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 11 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

Climate Control System* (P198)

●Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.

●Press the button to turn the system on or off.

●Press the button to defrost the windshield.

The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for

complete details.

Models with navigation system

Fan Control

Button

(Rear Window

Defogger/Heated

Mirror) Button

(Windshield

Defroster) Button

A/C (Air

Conditioning)

Button

Air flows from floor and

windshield defroster vents.

Air flows from floor vents.

Air flows from floor and

dashboard vents.

Air flows from dashboard

vents.

(Recirculation)

Button

Passenger’s

Side

Temperature

Control Dial

AUTO Button

Driver’s Side

Temperature

Control Dial

Mode Control Button

SYNC

(Synchronized) Button

(On/Off) Button

Rear Climate Control

●Press the AUTO button to activate the

rear climate control system.

●Press the button to turn the system

on or off.

Rear Passenger

Compartment

Temperature

Control Buttons

(Fan Control)

Button

Air flows

from the

rear floor

vents.

Airflow is

divided

between the

rear floor

vents and

rear ceiling

vents.

Air flows

from the

rear ceiling

vents.

(On/Off)

Button

AUTO Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 12 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

Features (P205)

Audio Remote Controls

(P210)

●VOL (Volume) Button

Press / to adjust the volume up/down.

●MODE Button

Press and release to change the audio

mode: FM/AM/XM®*/CD/USB/iPod®/

Bluetooth® Audio/Pandora®*/AhaTM*/AUX.

●CH (Channel) Button

Radio:Press and release to change the

preset station.

Press and hold to select the next or

previous strong station.

CD/USB device:

Press and release to skip to the

beginning of the next song or return

to the beginning of the current song.

Press and hold to change a folder/

album.

MODE Button

CH Button

VOL Button

Audio System (P211, 234)

FM/AM Button

VOL/

(Volume/Power)

Knob

(CD Eject) Button

Selector Knob

Preset Buttons

(1-6)

AUX Button

SETTINGS Button

(P211)

Models with one display

BACK Button

PHONE Button

CD Slot

MENU Button

Audio/Information

Screen

CD Button

Button

(Skip/Seek)

Button

(Skip/Seek)

Button

DISPLAY Button

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 13 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

*1: Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.

VOL/ (Volume/Power)

Knob (CD Eject) Button

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Presets*1

SETTINGS Button

(P234)

Models with two displays

BACK Button

PHONE Button

CD Slot

MENU Button

Audio/Information Screen

Button

(Skip/Seek) Icon*1 (Skip/Seek) Icon*1

Audio with Touch Screen

Audio Source*1

(Tune Down) Icon*1 (Tune Up) Icon*1

Shortcuts*1

More*1

INFO Button

AUDIO Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 14 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

*1: Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.

VOL/ (Volume/Power)

Knob

(CD Eject) Button

Interface Dial/

ENTER Button

Presets*1

SETTINGS Button

(P234, 277)

Models with two displays and rear entertainment system

BACK Button

PHONE Button

CD Slot

MENU Button

Button

(Skip/Seek) Icon*1 (Skip/Seek) Icon*1

Audio with Touch Screen

Audio Source*1

(Tune Down) Icon*1 (Tune Up) Icon*1

Shortcuts*1

More*1

INFO Button FRONT AUDIO Button

Audio/Information Screen

REAR (Power) Button

REAR AUDIO Button

DVD Slot

(DVD Eject) Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 15 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

Driving (P395)

Release Button

Shift Lever

Depress the brake pedal and press the

release button to move out of (P.

Move the shift lever without

pressing the release button.

Press the release button to

move the shift lever.

Automatic Transmission (P413)

●Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.

●Shifting

Park

Turn off or start the engine.

Transmission is locked.

Reverse

Used when reversing.

Neutral

Transmission is not locked.

Drive

Normal driving.

Low

Strong engine braking.

Press the D4 button while the shift lever is in (D.

Used when:

●Going up or down hills

●Towing a trailer in hilly terrain

Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 16 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

VSA® OFF Button (P427)

●The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system

helps stabilize the vehicle during

cornering, and helps maintain traction

while accelerating on loose or slippery

road surfaces.

●VSA® comes on automatically every time

you start the engine.

●To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold

the button until you hear a beep.

Cruise Control (P415)

●Cruise control allows you to maintain a

set speed without keeping your foot on

the accelerator pedal.

●To use cruise control, press the CRUISE

button, then press once you

have achieved the desired speed (above

25 mph or 40 km/h).

Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS) (P428)

●TPMS monitors tire pressure.

●TPMS is turned on automatically every

time you start the engine.

DECEL/SET

Refueling (P446)

Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number 87 or

higher required

Fuel tank capacity: 21 US gal (79.5 L)

aPull the fuel fill door

release handle.

bTurn the fuel fill cap

slowly to remove the

cap.

cPlace the cap in the

holder on the fuel fill

door.

dAfter refueling, screw

the cap back on until it

clicks at least once.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 17 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

Maintenance (P451)

Under the Hood (P463)

●Check engine oil, engine coolant, and window washer fluid.

Add when necessary.

●Check brake fluid.

●Check the battery regularly.

aPull the hood release handle under the corner of the

dashboard.

bLocate the hood latch lever, slide the lever, and lift up the

hood.

cWhen finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly

locked in place.

Lights (P475)

●Inspect all lights regularly.

Wiper Blades (P486)

●Replace blades if they leave streaks

across the windshield.

Tires (P490)

●Inspect tires and wheels regularly.

●Check tire pressures regularly.

●Install snow tires for winter driving.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 18 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

Handling the Unexpected (P509)

Flat Tire (P511)

●Park in a safe location and replace the

flat tire with the compact spare tire under

the floor between the front seats and the

second row seats.

Indicators Come On

(P 528)

●Identify the indicator and consult the

owner's manual.

Engine Won't Start

(P520)

●If the battery is dead, jump start using a

booster battery.

Blown Fuse (P533)

●Check for a blown fuse if an electrical

device does not operate.

Overheating (P526)

●Park in a safe location. If you do not see

steam under the hood, open the hood,

and let the engine cool down.

Emergency Towing

(P539)

●Call a professional towing service if you

need to tow your vehicle.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 19 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

What to Do If

The ignition switch does

not turn from (0 to (q*1.

Why?

●The steering wheel may be locked.

●Try to turn the steering wheel left and

right while turning the ignition key*.

●Move the steering wheel left and right

while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP

button* at the same time.

The ignition switch does

not turn from (q to (0*1

and I cannot remove the

key. Why?

The shift lever should be moved to (P.

Why does the brake pedal

pulsate slightly when

applying the brakes?

This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a

problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never

pump the brake pedal.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 20 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

The rear door cannot be

opened from inside the

vehicle. Why?

Check if the childproof lock is in the

LOCK position. If so, open the rear door

with the outside door handle.

To cancel this function, push the lever to

the UNLOCK position.

Why do the doors lock

after I unlocked the doors

using a remote

transmitter?

If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are

relocked automatically for security.

Why does the beeper

sound when I open the

driver's door?

The beeper sounds when:

●The key is left in the ignition switch*.

●The power mode* is in ACCESSORY.

●The exterior lights are left on.

Why does the beeper

sound when I start driving?

The beeper sounds when:

●Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.

●The parking brake is not fully released.

Why do I hear a screeching

sound when I apply the

brake pedal?

The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle

inspected by a dealer.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 21 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

California Proposition 65 Warning

Event Data Recorders

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).

The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near

crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a

road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s

systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related

to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of

time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is

designed to record such data as:

•How various systems in your vehicle were operating;

•Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were

buckled/fastened;

•How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator

and/or brake pedal; and,

•How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a better understanding of the

circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data

are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation

occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving

conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and

crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law

enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of

personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash

investigation.

WARNING: This product contains or emits

chemicals known to the state of California to cause

cancer and birth defects or other reproductive

harm.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,

and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the

vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that

have the special equipment, can read the information if they have

access to the vehicle or the EDR.

The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by

anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the

vehicle owner.

Service Diagnostic Recorders

This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record

information about powertrain performance. The data can be used

to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians

diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with

data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains

confidential.

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act

The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this

vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may

apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/

As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded

by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid

damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.

NOTICE

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 22 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Quick Reference Guide

A Few Words About Safety

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And

operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.

To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have

provided operating procedures and other information on labels and

in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that

could hurt you or others.

Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the

hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You

must use your own good judgement.

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,

including:

●Safety Labels - on the vehicle.

●Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and

one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.

These signal words mean:

●Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.

●Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.

●Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.

This entire book is filled with important safety information - please

read it carefully.

3DANGER

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if

you don't follow instructions.

3WARNING

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if

you don't follow instructions.

3CAUTION

You CAN be HURT if you don't follow

instructions.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 23 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 24 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Safe Driving

You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving

Important Safety Precautions ............. 26

Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 28

Seat Belts

About Your Seat Belts........................ 30

Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 33

Seat Belt Inspection............................ 38

Airbags

Airbag System Components............... 39

Types of Airbags ................................ 42

Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 42

Side Airbags....................................... 46

Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 48

Airbag System Indicators.................... 49

Airbag Care ....................................... 51

Child Safety

Protecting Child Passengers ............... 52

Safety of Infants and Small Children .......54

Safety of Larger Children ................... 64

Exhaust Gas Hazard

Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 66

Safety Labels

Label Locations .................................. 67

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 25 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Safe Driving

For Safe Driving

The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them

properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the

most important.

Important Safety Precautions

■Always wear your seat belt

A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to

supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped

with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and

wear them properly.

■Restrain all children

Children age 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the

front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger

children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the

belt properly without a booster seat.

■Be aware of airbag hazards

While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants

who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,

and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and

warnings in this manual.

■Don't drink and drive

Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to

changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.

So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.

1Important Safety Precautions

Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use

of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the

driver while driving.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 26 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

Safe Driving

■Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely

Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying

close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.

Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to

divert some attention away from driving.

■Control your speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher

the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.

Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum

speed posted.

■Keep your vehicle in safe condition

Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.

To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition

frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 27 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features

Safe Driving

Your Vehicle's Safety Features

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and

your passengers.

1Your Vehicle's Safety Features

Your vehicle is equipped with many features that

work together to help protect you and your

passengers during a crash.

Some features do not require any action on your part.

These include a strong steel framework that forms a

safety cage around the passenger compartment,

front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering

column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat

belts in a sufficient crash.

However, you and your passengers cannot take full

advantage of these features unless you remain seated

in the correct position and always wear your seat

belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to

injuries if they are not used properly.

Safety Cage

Crush Zones

Seats and Seat-Backs

Head Restraints

Collapsible Steering Column

Seat Belts

Front Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags

Seat Belt Tensioners

Side Airbags

Door Locks

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 28 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features

Safe Driving

For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items

each time before you drive.

•After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are

closed and locked. Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being

ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door.

2Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 118

•Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are

adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the

vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a

crash.

2Adjusting the Seats P. 161

•Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective

when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller

persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.

2Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 164

•Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any

passengers are properly belted as well.

2Fastening a Seat Belt P. 33

•Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height

and weight.

2Child Safety P. 52

■Safety CheckList

1Safety CheckList

If the door and tailgate open indicator is on, a door or

the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors

tightly until the indicator goes off.

2Door and Tailgate Open Indicator P. 75

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 29 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Safe Driving

Seat Belts

About Your Seat Belts

Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you

connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety

features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the

vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat

belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full

advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.

In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:

-frontal impacts

-side impacts

-rear impacts

-rollovers

■Lap/shoulder seat belts

All seven or eight seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with

emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely

while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the

retractor locks to restrain your body. The second and third row passenger’s seat

belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats.

2Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 60

1About Your Seat Belts

Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every

crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your

risk of serious injury.

Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories

require you to wear seat belts.

WARNING

Not wearing a seat belt properly increases

the chance of serious injury or death in a

crash, even though your vehicle has

airbags.

Be sure you and your passengers always

wear seat belts and wear them properly.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 30 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 31

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

Safe Driving

■Proper use of seat belts

Follow these guidelines for proper use:

•All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position

for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduces the effectiveness of

the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

•Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or

behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.

•Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very

seriously injured in a crash.

•Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort

or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability

and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If

the ignition switch is turned to ON (w*1

before the driver's seat belt is fastened, a

beeper will sound and the indicator will blink.

If the driver does not fasten the belt before

the beeper stops, the indicator will remain on.

The beeper will also periodically sound and

the indicator will blink while driving until the

driver's and front passenger’s seat belts are

fastened.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Seat Belt Reminder

1About Your Seat Belts

If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends

the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If

this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the

seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.

Then refasten the belt.

1Seat Belt Reminder

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger

does not fasten their seat belt within 6 seconds after

the ignition switch is turned to ON (w*1.

When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,

the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not

sound. The indicator also may not come on and the

beeper may not sound when the occupant is not

heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such

occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should

be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag

likely will injure or kill them.

2Protecting Child Passengers P. 52

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 31 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

Safe Driving

The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.

The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-

severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to

inflate the front airbags.

■Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.

If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come

on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and

thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not

offer protection in a subsequent crash.

During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the

tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 32 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Continued

Safe Driving

Fastening a Seat Belt

After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well

back in the seat:

2Adjusting the Seats P. 161

1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then

tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is

secure.

uMake sure that the belt is not twisted or

caught on anything.

1Fastening a Seat Belt

No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat

belt or one that does not appear to be working

correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working

properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.

Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.

Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or

retractor mechanism.

Pull out slowly.

Correct

Seated

Posture.

Latch

Plate

Buckle

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 33 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Safe Driving

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as

possible across your hips, then pull up on

the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part

fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic

bones take the force of a crash and reduces

the chance of internal injuries.

4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to

remove any slack, then check that the belt

rests across the center of your chest and

over your shoulder. This spreads the forces

of a crash over the strongest bones in your

upper body.

The front seats and second row seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to

accommodate taller and shorter occupants.

1. Move the anchor up and down while

holding the release button.

2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests

across the center of your chest and over

your shoulder.

1Fastening a Seat Belt

To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then

guide the belt by hand until it has retracted

completely.

When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of

the way and will not get caught by closing the door.

WARNING

Improperly positioning the seat belts can

cause serious injury or death in a crash.

Make sure all seat belts are properly

positioned before driving.

Lap belt

as low as

possible

■Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four

levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height

one level at a time.

After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder

anchor position is secure.

Push

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 34 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 35

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Safe Driving

1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and

the latch plate from each holding slot in the

ceiling.

2. Line up the triangle marks on the small

latch plate and anchor buckle.

Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.

Attach the belt to the anchor buckle.

■Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor

1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor

WARNING

Using the seat belt with the detachable

anchor unlatched increases the chance of

serious injury or death in a crash.

Before using the seat belt, make sure the

detachable anchor is correctly latched.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 35 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Safe Driving

3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle.

Properly fasten the seat belt the same way

you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.

1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor

To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert a key into

the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.

Pivot down the anchor buckle forward.

Insert a key into the slot on the back of the anchor

buckle.

Second row center seat

Buckle

Latch

Plate

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 36 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Safe Driving

If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when

driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the

belt as low as possible across the hips.

■Advice for Pregnant Women

1Advice for Pregnant Women

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is

okay for you to drive.

To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your

unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front

airbag:

•When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far

back as possible while allowing full control of the

vehicle.

•When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust

the seat as far back as possible.

Wear the shoulder belt

across the chest avoiding

the abdomen.

Wear the lap part of the

belt as low as possible

across the hips.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 37 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Safe Driving

Seat Belt Inspection

Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:

•Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.

•Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily.

uIf a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only

use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make

sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.

Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper

protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.

A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of

protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after

any collision.

1Seat Belt Inspection

WARNING

Not checking or maintaining seat belts can

result in serious injury or death if the seat

belts do not work properly when needed.

Check your seat belts regularly and have

any problem corrected as soon as possible.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 38 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued

Safe Driving

Airbags

Airbag System Components

789

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 39 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe Driving

The front, front side, and side curtain

airbags are deployed according to the

direction and severity of impact. Both side

curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover.

The airbag system includes:

aTwo SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)

front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored

in the center of the steering wheel; the

front passenger's airbag is stored in the

dashboard. Both are marked SRS

AIRBAG.

bTwo side airbags, one for the driver and

one for a front passenger. The airbags are

stored in the outer edges of the seat-

backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

cTwo side curtain airbags, one for each

side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored

in the ceiling, above the side windows.

The front and rear pillars are marked

SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

dAn electronic control unit that continually

monitors and records information about

the sensors, the airbag activators, the

seat belt tensioners, and driver and front

passenger seat belt use when the ignition

switch is in ON (w*1.

eAutomatic front seat belt tensioners. The

driver's and front passenger's seat belts

incorporate sensors that detect whether

or not they are fastened.

fA driver's seat position sensor. If the seat

is too far forward, the airbag will inflate

with less force.

gWeight sensors in the front passenger's

seat. The front passenger's airbag will be

turned off if the weight on the seat is 65

lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant

or small child).

hImpact sensors that can detect a

moderate-to-severe front or side impact.

iAn indicator on the dashboard that alerts

you that the front passenger's front

airbag has been turned off.

jAn indicator on the instrument panel that

alerts you to a possible problem with your

airbag system or seat belt tensioners.

kSafing Sensor

lA rollover sensor that can detect whether

the vehicle is about to roll over.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an

ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 40 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe Driving

Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with

tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,

and other minor injuries, and sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not

wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.

What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as

far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the

vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as

possible.

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that

can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags

deploy.

Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.

Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp

object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.

Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the

covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags

or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.

■Important facts about your airbags

1Important facts about your airbags

Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,

airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.

When driving, keep hands and arms out of the

deployment path of the front airbag by holding each

side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over

the airbag cover.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 41 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Safe Driving

Types of Airbags

Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:

•Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats.

•Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs.

•Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.

Each is discussed in the following pages.

Front Airbags (SRS)

The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect

the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to

supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary

restraint system.

The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and

in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Housing Locations

1Types of Airbags

The airbags can inflate whenever the ignition switch

is in ON (w*1.

After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see what

looks like smoke. This is from the combustion process

of the inflator material and is not harmful. People

with respiratory problems may experience some

temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the

vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

1Front Airbags (SRS)

Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags

(SRS)

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiple-

threshold front airbags (SRS).

During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or

both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate

at different rates, depending on the severity of the

crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/

or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to

supplement the seat belts to help reduce the

likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal

crashes.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 42 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 43

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Safe Driving

Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.

When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control

unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.

A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a

vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the

front airbag provides supplemental protection

for your head and chest.

The front airbags deflate immediately so that

they won't interfere with the driver's visibility

or the ability to steer or operate other

controls.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not

aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

■Operation

■How the Front Airbags Work

1How the Front Airbags Work

Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags

normally inflate within a split second of each other, it

is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can

happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,

or threshold, that determines whether or not the

airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will

provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental

protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 43 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Safe Driving

■When front airbags should not deploy

Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and

help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur

during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.

Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration

causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side

airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the

severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which

can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.

Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear

impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed

to deploy in such collisions.

Rollovers: Seat belts and, in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags

and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags

could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a

rollover.

■When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the

vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.

Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object

that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is

underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.

■When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage

appears severe

Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of

visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some

collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags

would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they

had deployed.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 44 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Safe Driving

Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag

related injuries to smaller occupants.

The driver's advanced front airbag system

includes a seat position sensor.

If the seat is too far forward, the airbag

inflates with less force, regardless of the

severity of the impact.

The passenger's advanced front airbag system

has weight sensors.

Although Honda recommends against

carrying an infant or small child in front, if the

sensors detect the weight of a child (up to

about 65 lbs or 29 kg), the system will

automatically turn off the passenger's front

airbag.

■Advanced Airbags

1Advanced Airbags

If there is a problem with the driver's seat position

sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag

will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the

driver's seating position.

For both advanced front airbags to work properly:

•Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.

•Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.

•Make sure any objects are positioned properly on

the floor. Improperly positioned objects can

interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.

•All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat

belts properly.

•Do not place any cover over the passenger side

dashboard.

Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger’s

seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly

placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag

sensors.

2Floor Mats P. 506

Driver’s

Seat

Position

Sensor

Passenger’s

Seat

Weight

Sensors

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 45 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Safe Driving

Side Airbags

The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger

during a moderate-to-severe side impact.

The side airbags are housed in the outside

edge of the driver's and passenger's seat-

backs.

Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

When the sensors detect a moderate-to-

severe side impact, the control unit signals the

side airbag on the impact side to immediately

inflate.

■Housing Locations

1Side Airbags

Make sure you and your front seat passenger always

sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can

prevent the airbag from deploying properly and

increases your risk of serious injury.

Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.

They can interfere with the proper operation of the

airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

If the impact is on the passenger side, the airbag

deploys even if there is no passenger in the passenger

seat.

Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers

without consulting a dealer.

Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back

covers can prevent your side airbags from properly

deploying during a side impact.

Housing

Location

■Operation

When

inflated

Side

Airbag

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 46 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Safe Driving

■When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag systems senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side

of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there

may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough

impact to deploy the airbag.

■When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears

severe

It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in

apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was towards

the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts

absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have

been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 47 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Safe Driving

Side Curtain Airbags

The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer

seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags

equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and

complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly

rollover crashes.

The side curtain airbags are located in the

ceiling above the side windows on both sides

of the vehicle.

The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy

in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side

impact.

■Housing Locations

1Side Curtain Airbags

If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is

about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side

curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt

tensioners.

If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the

passenger’s side curtain airbag will inflate even if

there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.

To get the best protection from the side curtain

airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts

properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.

Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof

pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation

of the side curtain airbags.

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

■Operation

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 48 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 49

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

Safe Driving

■When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision

One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal

collision.

In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.

Airbag System Indicators

If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a

message appears on the multi-information display*.

■When the ignition switch is turned to

ON (w*1

The indicator comes on for a few seconds,

then goes off. This tells you the system is

working properly.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the

system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don't, your airbags and seat

belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator

1SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator

WARNING

Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in

serious injury or death if the airbag systems

or tensioners do not work properly.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as

soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts

you to a possible problem.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 49 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

Safe Driving

■When the passenger airbag off

indicator comes on

The indicator comes on to alert you that the

passenger's front airbag has been turned off.

This occurs when the weight sensors detect

65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant

or small child, on the seat.

Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.

2Child Safety P. 52

Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.

If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger's front airbag will not deploy and

the indicator will not come on.

■Passenger Airbag Off Indicator

1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator

If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and

no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult

riding there, something may be interfering with the

weight sensors. Such as:

•An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back

pocket.

•A child seat or other object pressing against the

rear of the seat-back.

•A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of

the front passenger's seat.

•The front seat or seat-back is forced back against

an object on the seat or floor behind it.

•An object placed under the front passenger's seat.

If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle

checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and

goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is

near the airbag cutoff threshold.

U.S.

Canada

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 50 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care

Safe Driving

Airbag Care

You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any

airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle

inspected by a dealer in the following situations:

■When the airbags have deployed

If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.

Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be

replaced.

■When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision

Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s

seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt

tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.

■Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer

This would likely disable the driver's seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the

passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate

a person with disabilities, contact a Honda dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American

Honda Automobile Customer Service at 800-999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles,

Honda Canada Customer Relations at 888-9-HONDA-9.

1Airbag Care

We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag

system components, including the airbag, tensioners,

sensors, and control unit.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 51 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Safe Driving

Child Safety

Protecting Child Passengers

Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are

either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the

number one cause of death of children age 12 and under.

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province

and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride

in a vehicle.

Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:

•An inflating front or side airbag can injure

or kill a child sitting in the front seat.

•A child in the front seat is more likely to

interfere with the driver's ability to safely

control the vehicle.

•Statistics show that children of all sizes and

ages are safer when they are properly

restrained in a rear seat.

1Protecting Child Passengers

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration

and Transport Canada recommend that all children

age 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear

seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws

restricting where children may ride.

WARNING

Children who are unrestrained or

improperly restrained can be seriously

injured or killed in a crash.

Any child too small for a seat belt should be

properly restrained in a child seat. A larger

child should be properly restrained with a

seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 52 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

Safe Driving

•Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an

approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt

portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.

•Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the

event of a collision.

•Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would

likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.

•Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very

seriously injured in a crash.

•Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.

•Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when

the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate

vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

1Protecting Child Passengers

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle

and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

To remind you of the passenger's front airbag

hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning

labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the

front visors. Please read and follow the instructions

on these labels.

2Safety Labels P. 67

WARNING

Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or

wrap one around their neck can result in

serious injury or death.

Instruct children not to play with any seat

belt and make sure any unused seat belt a

child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,

and locked.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 53 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

Safety of Infants and Small Children

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the

infant reaches the seat maker's weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is

at least one year old.

■Positioning a rear-facing child seat

Child seats must be placed and secured in a

rear seating position.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front

passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back

in the desired position.

It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag

system.

2Airbags P. 39

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front

passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.

Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

■Protecting Infants

1Protecting Infants

Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a

forward facing position.

Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s

instructions before installation.

WARNING

Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front

seat can result in serious injury or death

during a crash.

Always place a rear-facing child seat in the

rear seat, not the front.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 54 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 55

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child

seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured

forward-facing child seat.

■Forward-facing child seat placement

We strongly recommend placing a forward-

facing child seat in a rear seating position.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with

advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A

rear seat is the safest place for a child.

■Protecting Smaller Children

1Protecting Smaller Children

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations

regarding child seat use where you are driving, and

follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions.

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat

up to age two, if the child’s height and weight are

appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

WARNING

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the

front seat can result in serious injury or

death if the front airbag inflates.

If you must place a forward-facing child

seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far

back as possible, and properly restrain the

child.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 55 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).

Some have a rigid-type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both

are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be

installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat

manufacturer's use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual.

Proper installation is key to maximizing your child's safety.

In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH compatible

child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.

This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured

with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat

manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat

once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual

for proper installation instructions.

■Important consideration when selecting a child seat

Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:

•The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.

•The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.

•The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

■Selecting a Child Seat

1Selecting a Child Seat

Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is

simple.

LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed

to simplify the installation process and reduce the

likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 56 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Continued

Safe Driving

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in each of the second and third row

seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible

type of connectors.

1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.

■Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Marks

Third row seat

Second row seat

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 57 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then

attach the child seat to the lower anchors

according to the instructions that came

with the child seat.

uWhen installing the child seat, make sure

that the lower anchors are not

obstructed by the seat belt or any other

object.

To install a LATCH-compatible child seat in

the second row center seat, remove the

covers on each lower end of the seat-back

by pulling on the handles.

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

For your child's safety, when using a child seat

installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the

seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat

that is not properly secured will not adequately

protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the

child or other vehicle occupants.

Rigid Type

Lower Anchors

Flexible Type

Lower Anchors

Handle

Marks

Cover

Second row center seat

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 58 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Continued

Safe Driving

3. Raise the head restraint to its highest

position, then route the tether strap

between the head restraint legs, and secure

the tether strap hook onto the anchor.

4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the

child seat maker.

5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by

rocking it forward and back and side to

side; little movement should be felt.

6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child

can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor

is activated, and the belt is fully retracted

and locked.

Anchor

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Tether

Strap

Hook

Second row center seat

Second row outer position

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 59 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.

2. Route the seat belt through the child seat

according to the seat maker's instructions,

and insert the latch plate into the buckle.

uInsert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all

the way out until it stops. This activates the

lockable retractor.

4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into

the retractor, then try to pull it out to make

sure the retractor is locked.

uIf you are able to pull the shoulder belt

out, the lockable retractor is not

activated. Pull the seat belt all the way

out, and repeat steps 2 – 4.

5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near

the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack

from the lap part of the belt.

uWhen doing this, place your weight on

the child seat and push it into the vehicle

seat.

■Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

A child seat that is not properly secured will not

adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause

injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 60 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 61

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by

rocking it forward and back and side to

side; little movement should be felt.

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child

can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor

is activated, and the belt is fully retracted

and locked.

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle

and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 61 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

A tether anchorage point is provided behind

each second and third row seating position. A

child seat that is installed with a seat belt and

comes with a tether can use the tether for

additional security.

1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage

point.

2. Raise the head restraint to its highest

position, then route the tether strap

through the head restraint legs. Make sure

the strap is not twisted.

■Adding Security with a Tether

1Adding Security with a Tether

Since a tether can provide additional security to the

lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend

using a tether whenever one is available.

Second row seat

Third row seat

Tether Anchorage Points

Second row outer position

Tether Strap

Hook

Anchor

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 62 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

3. Secure the tether strap hook onto the

anchor.

4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the

child seat manufacturer.

Second row center seat

Third row seat

Anchor

Tether

Strap

Hook

Tether

Strap

Hook

Anchor

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 63 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safe Driving

Safety of Larger Children

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind

of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who

must sit in front.

When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/

shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the

following questions.

■Checklist

•Do the child's knees bend comfortably over

the edge of the seat?

•Does the shoulder belt cross between the

child's neck and arm?

•Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as

possible, touching the child's thighs?

•Will the child be able to stay seated like this

for the whole trip?

If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder

seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a

booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

■Protecting Larger Children

■Checking Seat Belt Fit

1Safety of Larger Children

WARNING

Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in

front can result in injury or death if the

passenger's front airbag inflates.

If a larger child must ride in front, move the

vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,

have the child sit up properly and wear the

seat belt properly, using a booster seat if

needed.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 64 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safe Driving

If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used

properly, position the child in a booster seat in

a rear seating position. For the child's safety,

check that the child meets the booster seat

manufacturer's recommendations.

Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever

have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:

•Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information

in this manual.

•Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.

•Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.

•Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the

seat.

■Monitoring child passengers

We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more

mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up

properly.

■Booster Seats

1Booster Seats

When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the

instructions that came with it, and install the seat

accordingly.

There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a

booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat

belt correctly.

Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and

territories require children to use a booster seat until

they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60

lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or

province, or territory where you intend to drive.

■Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 65 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Safe Driving

Exhaust Gas Hazard

Carbon Monoxide Gas

The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,

odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon

monoxide gas will not get into the interior.

■Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever

•The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.

•The exhaust system may have been damaged.

•The vehicle is raised for an oil change.

When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into

the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate

open, open all the windows and set the heating and cooling*/climate control*

system as shown below.

1. Select the fresh air mode.

2. Select the mode.

3. Set the fan speed to high.

4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.

Adjust the heating and cooling*/climate control* system in the same manner if you

sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.

1Carbon Monoxide Gas

An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up

with carbon monoxide gas.

Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.

Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the

garage immediately after starting the engine.

WARNING

Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.

Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and

even kill you.

Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that

expose you to carbon monoxide.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 66 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Safe Driving

Safety Labels

Label Locations

These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels

carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer

for a replacement.

Sun Visor

U.S. models Canadian models

Radiator Cap

U.S. models

U.S. models only

Dashboard

Canadian models

Doorjambs

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 67 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 68 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Instrument Panel

This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators

Information Display Warning and

Information Messages*.................... 84

Multi-Information Display Warning and

Information Messages*.................... 86

Gauges and Displays

Gauges.............................................. 92

Information Display*.......................... 93

Multi-Information Display*................. 96

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 69 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Instrument Panel

Indicators

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*

Parking Brake

and Brake

System Indicator

(Red)

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on when the parking brake

is applied, and goes off when it is

released.

●Comes on when the brake fluid

level is low.

●Comes on if there is a problem

with the brake system.

●The beeper sounds and the

indicator comes on if you drive

with the parking brake not fully

released.

●Comes on while driving - Make sure

the parking brake is released. Check the

brake fluid level.

2What to do when the indicator

comes on while driving P. 530

●Comes on along with the ABS

indicator - Have the vehicle checked by

a dealer.

2If the Brake System Indicator (Red)

Comes On P. 530

Brake System

Indicator

(Amber)

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on if there is a problem

with the brake override system.

●Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle

checked by a dealer.

U.S.

Canada

(Red)

U.S. Canada

U.S.

Canada

(Amber)

U.S. Canada

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 70 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*

Low Oil Pressure

Indicator

●Comes on when you turn the

ignition switch to ON (w*1, and

goes off when the engine starts.

●Comes on when the engine oil

pressure is low.

●Comes on while driving - Immediately

stop in a safe place.

2If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Comes On P. 528

Malfunction

Indicator Lamp

●Comes on when you turn the

ignition switch to ON (w*1, and

goes off either when the engine

starts or after several seconds if the

engine is not started. If “readiness

codes” have not been set, it blinks

five times before it goes off.

●Comes on if there is a problem

with the emissions control system.

●Blinks when a misfire in the

engine's cylinders is detected.

●Readiness codes are part of the on board

diagnostics for the emissions control

systems.

2Testing of Readiness Codes P. 547

●Comes on while driving - Have the

vehicle checked by a dealer.

●Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe

place where there are no flammable

objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes

or more, and wait for it to cool down.

Then, take the vehicle to a dealer.

2If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Comes On or Blinks P. 529

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 71 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*

Charging System

Indicator

●Comes on when you turn the

ignition switch to ON (w*1, and goes

off when the engine starts.

●Comes on when the battery is not

charging.

●Stays on while driving - Turn off the

heating and cooling*/climate control*

system and rear defogger in order to

reduce electricity consumption.

2If the Charging System Indicator

Comes On P. 528

Shift Lever

Position Indicator

●Indicates current shift lever position.

D4 Indicator:

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on when you press the D4

button while the shift lever is in (D.

2Shifting P. 413 —

Transmission

Indicator

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Blinks if the transmission system has

a problem.

●Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden

starts and acceleration and have the

vehicle checked by a dealer

immediately.

Information Display

Multi-Information

Display

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 72 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*

Seat Belt

Reminder

Indicator

●Comes on and the beeper sounds if

you are not wearing a seat belt when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1.

●If the front passenger is not wearing

a seat belt, the indicator comes on

about a few seconds later.

●Blinks while driving if either you or

the front passenger has not fastened

a seat belt. The beeper sounds and

the indicator blinks at regular

intervals.

●The beeper stops and the indicator goes

off when you and the front passenger

fasten their seat belts.

●Stays on after you or the front

passenger has fastened the seat

belt - A detection error may have

occurred in the sensor. Have the vehicle

checked by a dealer.

2Seat Belt Reminder P. 31

Low Fuel

Indicator

●Comes on when the fuel reserve is

running low (approximately 3.0 U.S.

gal./11.4 Liter left).

●Blinks if there is a problem with the

fuel gauge.

●Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon

as possible.

●Blinks - Have the vehicle checked by a

dealer.

ABS (Anti-lock

Brake System)

Indicator

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●If it comes on at any other time,

there is a problem with the ABS.

●Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle

checked by a dealer. With this indicator

on, your vehicle still has normal braking

ability but no anti-lock function.

2ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)

P. 438

Indicator

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 73 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*

Supplemental

Restraint System

Indicator

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on if a problem with any of

the following is detected:

-Supplemental restraint system

-Side airbag system

-Side curtain airbag system

-Seat belt tensioner

●Stays on constantly or does not

come on at all - Have the vehicle

checked by a dealer.

VSA® (Vehicle

Stability Assist)

System Indicator

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Blinks when VSA® is active.

●Comes on if there is a problem with

the VSA® system.

●Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle

checked by a dealer.

2VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka

ESC (Electronic Stability Control),

System P. 426

VSA® (Vehicle

Stability Assist)

OFF Indicator

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on when you deactivate

VSA®.

2VSA® On and Off P. 427 —

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 74 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*

Door and Tailgate

Open Indicator

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on if any door or the tailgate

is not completely closed.

●The beeper sounds and the indicator

comes on if any door or the tailgate

is opened while driving.

●Goes off when all doors and tailgate are

closed.

Parking Sensor

Indicator*

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●A corresponding indicator comes on

when an obstacle is detected while

parking.

●Comes on if there is a problem with

the parking sensor system. The

beeper sounds.

●Comes on without any obstacles or

when you are not parking - Check if

the area around the sensor(s) is covered

with mud, ice, snow, etc. If the

indicator(s) stays on even after you

clean the area, have the system checked

by a dealer.

—

Daytime Running

Lights Indicator*

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on if there is a problem with

the DRL system.

●Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2Daytime Running Lights P. 150

—

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 75 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*

TPMS Indicator

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on if there is a problem with

the TPMS, or when a compact spare

tire is temporarily installed.

●Stays on constantly or does not

come on at all - Have the vehicle

checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is

fitted with a compact spare, get your

regular tire repaired or replaced and put

back on your vehicle as soon as you can.

—

Low Tire Pressure

Indicator

Low Tire Pressure/

TPMS Indicator

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on if the tire pressure of any

of the tires becomes significantly

low.

●Comes on for a while and then goes

off when a compact spare tire is

temporarily installed.

●Blinks for about one minute, and

then stays on if there is a problem

with the TPMS, or when a compact

spare tire is temporarily installed.

●Comes on while driving - Stop in a

safe place, check tire pressures, and

inflate the tire(s) if necessary.

●Blinks and remains on - Have the

vehicle checked by a dealer. If the

vehicle is fitted with a compact spare,

get your regular tire repaired or

replaced and put back on your vehicle

as soon as you can.

Models with

information

display

Models with

information

display

Models with

multi-

information

display

Models with information display

Models with multi-information display

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 76 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*

System Message

Indicator*

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on along with a beep when a

problem is detected. A system

message on the multi-information

display appears at the same time.

●While the indicator is on, press the /

(information) button to see the

message again.

●Refer to the Indicators information in

this chapter when a system message

appears on the multi-information

display. Take the appropriate action for

the message.

●The multi-information display does not return

to the normal screen unless the warning is

canceled, or the / (information)

button is pressed.

—

Turn Signal and

Hazard Warning

Indicators

●The turn signal indicators blink when

you operate the turn signal lever.

●If you press the hazard warning

button, both indicators and all turn

signals blink at the same time.

●Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A

turn signal light bulb has blown.

Change the bulb immediately.

2Replacing Light Bulbs

P. 480, 481

—

High Beam

Indicator

●Comes on when the high beam

headlights are on. ——

Lights On

Indicator

●Comes on whenever the light switch

is on, or in AUTO* when the exterior

lights are on.

●If you remove the key from the ignition

switch*1 while the lights are on, a chime

sounds when the driver's door is

opened.

—

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 77 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*

Fog Light

Indicator*

●Comes on when the fog lights are

on. ——

Immobilizer

System Indicator

●Comes on briefly when you turn the

ignition switch to ON (w*1, then

goes off.

●Comes on if the immobilizer system

cannot recognize the key

information.

●Blinks - You cannot start the engine.

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1,

pull the key out, and then insert the key

and turn it to ON (w*1 again.

●Repeatedly blinks - The system may

be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle

checked by a dealer.

●Do not attempt to alter this system or

add other devices to it. Electrical

problems can occur.

—

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 78 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*

Security System

Alarm Indicator*

●Blinks when the security system

alarm has been set. 2Security System Alarm* P. 135 —

Smart Entry

System Indicator*

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you set the power mode to ON, then

goes off.

●Comes on as soon as a problem is

detected in the smart entry system or

push button starting system.

●Stays on constantly or does not

come on at all - Have your vehicle

checked by a dealer.

Starter System

Indicator*

●Comes on if there is a problem with

the starter system. ●As a temporary measure, press and hold

the ENGINE START/STOP button for

up to 15 seconds while pressing the

brake pedal and manually start the

engine. Have the vehicle checked by a

dealer.

●As a temporary measure, hold the

ignition switch to START (e for up to

15 seconds and start the engine. Have

the vehicle checked by a dealer.

—

Indicator

U.S.

Canada

Models with smart entry system

Models without smart entry system

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 79 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

*2:On the left: Models with information display

On the right: Models with multi-information display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*2

Forward

Collision

Warning

(FCW)

Indicator*

●Comes on for a few seconds

when you turn the ignition

switch to ON (w*1, then goes

off.

●Comes on when you have

customized FCW to turn off.

●Comes on if there is a problem

with the FCW system.

●Stays on constantly without FCW off - Have the vehicle

checked by a dealer.

●Blinks when the system detects

a likely collision with a vehicle

in front of you. The beeper

sounds.

●Blinks while driving - Take appropriate action to prevent

a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes, etc.). — —

●Comes on when the FCW

system shuts itself off.

●Stays on - The temperature inside the FCW system is too

high. The system activates when the temperature inside the

system cools down.

2Automatic shutoff P. 420

●Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt,

mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off

with a soft cloth.

●Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and

message come back on after you cleaned the area around

the camera.

2Automatic shutoff P. 420

2Automatic shutoff P. 420 — —

Models with information display

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 80 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Continued

Instrument Panel

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

*2:On the left: Models with information display

On the right: Models with multi-information display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*2

Lane Departure

Warning (LDW)

Indicator*

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on if there is a problem with

the LDW system.

●Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle

checked by a dealer.

●Blinks when your vehicle is too close

to the lane lines. The beeper sounds.

●Blinks while driving - Take

appropriate action to keep your vehicle

within the lane lines.

— —

●Comes on when the LDW system

shuts itself off.

●Stays on - The temperature inside the

LDW camera is too high.

The system activates when the

temperature inside the camera cools

down.

2LDW Camera P. 424

●Stays on - The area around the camera

is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your

vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off

with a soft cloth.

●Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if

the indicator and message come back

on after you cleaned the area around

the camera.

2LDW Camera P. 424

Models with information display

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 81 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*

Fuel Economy

Indicator

●Comes on and stays on while you are

driving with good fuel economy. ——

CRUISE MAIN

Indicator

●Comes on when you press the

CRUISE button. 2Cruise Control P. 415 —

CRUISE

CONTROL

Indicator

●Comes on if you have set a speed for

cruise control. 2Cruise Control P. 415 —

Washer Level

Indicator*

●Comes on when the washer fluid is

low.

●Refill the washer fluid.

2Refilling Window Washer Fluid

P. 474

—

Maintenance

Minder Indicator*

●Comes on when the scheduled

maintenance is due soon. 2Maintenance MinderTM P. 455 —

Power Tailgate

Indicator*

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on if there is a problem with

the power tailgate system.

●Stays on constantly or does not

come on at all - You can still open or

close the tailgate manually. Have the

vehicle checked by a dealer. —

U.S.

Canada

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 82 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsu

Instrument Panel

*1:Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition switch.

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*

Power Sliding

Door Indicator*

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Comes on if there is a problem with

the power sliding door system.

●Stays on constantly or does not

come on at all - Turn off the main

switch and manually operate the power

sliding doors. Have the vehicle checked

by a dealer.

2Opening/Closing the Power

Sliding Doors* P. 129

—

BSI (Blind Spot

Information)

Indicator*

●Comes on for a few seconds when

you turn the ignition switch to ON

(w*1, then goes off.

●Stays on while BSI is turned off.

●Comes on when mud, snow, or ice

accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.

●Comes on if there is a problem with

the system.

—

●Comes on while driving - Remove the

obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.

●Comes on while driving - Have the

vehicle checked by a dealer.

U.S.

Canada

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 83 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsuInformation Display Warning and Information Messages*

Instrument Panel

Information Display Warning and Information Messages*

The following messages appear only on the information display.

Message Condition Explanation

●Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not

installed. 2Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 529

●Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on

the battery.

●Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2Checking the Battery P. 499

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 84 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsuInformation Display Warning and Information Messages*

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP button

to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P.

●Push the ENGINE START/STOP button twice after

moving the shift lever to (P.

●Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY. —

●Appears when the steering wheel is locked. ●Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing

the ENGINE START/STOP button at the same time.

●Appears when you close the door with the power mode

in ON without the smart entry remote inside the vehicle.

●Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote back

inside the vehicle and close the door.

●Appears when the smart entry remote’s battery

becomes weak.

●Replace the battery as soon as possible.

2Replacing the Button Battery P. 500

Models with smart entry system

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 85 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*

Instrument Panel

Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*

The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Press the / (information) button to see the message again

with the system message indicator on.

Message Condition Explanation

●Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not

installed. 2Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 529

●Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due

soon.

●Consequently, SERVICE DUE NOW and SERVICE

PAST DUE follow.

2Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-

Information Display P. 460

●Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets

abnormally high. 2Overheating P. 526

●Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on

the battery.

●Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2Checking the Battery P. 499

●Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor

system. The beeper sounds.

●Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with

mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on even

after you clean the area, have the system checked by a

dealer.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 86 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*

Continued

Instrument Panel

●Appears if there is a problem with the DRL system. ●Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2Daytime Running Lights P. 150

●Appears when the starting system has a problem. ●As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE

START/STOP button for 15 seconds while pressing the

brake pedal and manually start the engine. Have the

vehicle checked by a dealer.

●Appears when the washer fluid is low. ●Refill the washer fluid.

2Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 474

Message Condition Explanation

U.S.

Canada

Canadian models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 87 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*

Instrument Panel

●Appears when there is a problem with the power

tailgate system.

●Manually open or close the power tailgate.

●Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.

●Appears if there is a problem with the power sliding

door system.

●Turn off the main switch and manually operate the

power sliding doors.

●Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.

2Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors* P. 129

Message Condition Explanation

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 88 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*

Continued

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with

a vehicle in front of you.

●Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the

brakes, change lanes, etc.).

2Forward Collision Warning (FCW)* P. 418

●Appears when your vehicle is too close to the traffic

lane lines. The beeper sounds.

●Take appropriate action to keep your vehicle within the

lane lines.

2Lane Departure Warning (LDW)* P. 422

●Appears while you are customizing the settings and

the shift lever is moved out of (P.2Customized Features P. 99

●Appears if you try to go to CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS

from the multi-information display while the audio/

information screen shows the Vehicle Setings

menu.

●Select either display to customize a setting. You cannot

have CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS displayed on the multi-

information display and Vehicle Settings on the audio/

information screen simultaneously.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

●Appears when you set the power mode to

ACCESSORY or ON. 2Starting the Engine P. 407

●Appears when the steering wheel is locked. ●Move the steering wheel left and right after pressing

the ENGINE START/STOP button.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 89 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP

button to turn the engine off without the shift lever

in (P.

●Push the ENGINE START/STOP button twice after

moving the shift lever to (P.

●Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

—

●Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the

power mode is in ACCESSORY.

●Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your

foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

●Appears when you close the door with the power

mode in ON without the smart entry remote inside

the vehicle.

●Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote

back inside the vehicle and close the door.

2Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 145

●Appears when the smart entry remote battery

becomes weak.

●Replace the battery as soon as possible.

2Replacing the Button Battery P. 500

●Appears if the smart entry remote battery is too

weak to start the engine or the key is not with you to

start the engine.

A beeper sounds six times.

●Bring the smart entry remote in front of the ENGINE

START/STOP button to be touched with.

2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 521

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 90 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages*

Instrument Panel

Message Condition Explanation

●Appears three seconds after the TO START, HOLD

REMOTE NEAR START BUTTON, then TO START

VEHICLE messages appeared sequentially.

●Unless you bring the smart entry remote in front of the

ENGINE START/STOP button, this message does not

appear.

2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 521

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 91 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Instrument Panel

Gauges and Displays

Gauges

Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.

They are displayed when the ignition switch is in ON (w*1.

Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.

Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.

Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.

Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Speedometer

■Tachometer

■Fuel Gauge

■Temperature Gauge

1Fuel Gauge

NOTICE

You should refuel when the reading approaches .

Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,

damaging the catalytic converter.

The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from

the fuel gauge reading.

1Temperature Gauge

If the temperature gauge pointer is in the upper

zone, the engine is in danger or overheating.

Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the

upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull

safety to the side of the road and allow engine

temperature to return to normal.

2Overheating P. 526

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 92 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display*

Continued

Instrument Panel

Information Display*

The information display shows the odometer, trip meter, engine oil life and

maintenance service item codes, and other gauges.

Press the (Select/Reset) knob to change the display.

Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has

accumulated.

■Switching the Display

■Odometer

Engine oil life

Trip meter B

Average fuel economy

Trip meter A

Instant fuel economy

Range

(estimated distance)

Outside temperature*

Odometer

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 93 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display*

Instrument Panel

Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last

reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

■Resetting a trip meter

To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the knob. The trip meter is

reset to 0.0.

Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).

Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100

km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the

average fuel economy is also reset.

Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.

2Maintenance MinderTM P. 455

Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is

estimated from the fuel economy of your trips in the past.

■Trip Meter

■Instant Fuel Economy

■Average Fuel Economy

■Engine Oil Life

■Range

1Trip Meter

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by

pressing the knob.

1Average Fuel Economy

You can change when to reset the average fuel

economy.

2Customized Features P. 295

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 94 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display*

Instrument Panel

Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

■Adjusting the outside temperature indicator

Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5ºF or ±3ºC if the temperature reading

seems incorrect.

1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1.

2. Press and hold the (Select/Reset) knob

for 10 seconds or more.

uThe information display shows the reset

mode initial display.

3. Select outside temperature with the

knob.

4. Press and hold the knob for a few

seconds to enter the outside temperature

setting mode.

5. Turn the knob to adjust the

temperature.

6. Press and release the knob.

uThe new outside temperature is now

entered.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an

ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition

switch.

■Outside Temperature*

1Outside Temperature*

The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road

heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the

temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less

than 19 mph (30 km/h).

It may take several minutes for the display to be

updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.

1Adjusting the outside temperature indicator

Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5ºF or ±3ºC.

Reset Mode Initial Display

Oil Life

Outside Temperature

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 95 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*

Instrument Panel

Multi-Information Display*

The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature

indicator, and other gauges.

It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.

Press the / (information) button or the SEL/RESET button to change the

display.

■Switching the Display

SEL/RESET

Button

Average fuel economy/

Instant fuel economy

Average Speed

/ Button

Engine oil life Trip meter B

Trip meter A

Odometer

Customize Settings

Elapsed Time

Range

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 96 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 97

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*

Instrument Panel

Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has

accumulated.

Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last

reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

■Resetting a trip meter

To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the SEL/RESET button. The trip

meter is reset to 0.0.

Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100

km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the

average fuel economy is also reset.

Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).

Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is

estimated from the fuel economy of your trips in the past.

Shows the time elapsed since the last time Trip A or Trip B was reset.

■Odometer

■Trip Meter

■Average Fuel Economy

■Instant Fuel Economy

■Range

■Elapsed Time

1Trip Meter

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by

pressing the SEL/RESET button.

1Average Fuel Economy

You can change when to reset the average fuel

economy.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

1Elapsed Time

You can change when to reset the elapsed time.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 97 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*

Instrument Panel

Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the last time Trip A

or Trip B was reset.

Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.

2Maintenance MinderTM P. 455

Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

■Adjusting the outside temperature display

Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading

seems incorrect.

■Average Speed

■Engine Oil Life

■Outside Temperature

1Average Speed

You can change when to reset the average speed.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

1Outside Temperature

The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.

Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can

affect the temperature reading when your vehicle

speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).

It may take several minutes for the display to be

updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.

Use the multi-information display's customized

features to correct the temperature.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 98 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 99

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*

Instrument Panel

Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.

■How to customize

Select the CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS by pressing the / button while the

power mode is in ON. Press the SEL/RESET button.

■Customized Features

1Customized Features

To customize other features, press the /

button.

2List of customizable options P. 102

2Example of customization settings P. 105

Customization is possible when you see the driver’s

ID (DRIVER 1 or DRIVER 2) on the GROUP screen.

The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter

you have used to unlock the driver’s door.

The customized settings are recalled every time you

unlock the driver’s door with that remote.

When you customize settings:

Shift to (P.

Customizing is also available from the audio/

information screen.

You cannot have CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS displayed

on the multi-information display while the audio/

information screen shows the Vehicle Settings

menu.

2Customized Features P. 295

SEL/RESET Button

Enters the selected item.

/ Button

Changes the customize

menu and items.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 99 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

100

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*

Instrument Panel

■Customization flow

Press the / button.

SEL/RESET

CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS SEL/RESET

SEL/RESET

SEL/RESET ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP. DISPLAY

LANGUAGE SELECTION

“TRIP B” RESET TIMING

“TRIP A” RESET TIMING

FORWARD COLLISION WARNING DISTANCE

BLIND SPOT INFO

DRIVING POSITION SETUP MEMORY POSITION LINKSEL/RESET

KEYLESS ACCESS SETUP SEL/RESET

DOOR UNLOCK MODE

KEYLESS ACCESS BEEP

KEYLESS ACCESS LIGHT FLASH

DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM

SETUP

METER SETUP

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 100 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

101

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*

Continued

Instrument Panel

EXIT

DEFAULT ALL

SEL/RESET

POWER TAILGATE SETUP

KEYLESS OPEN MODE

POWER OPEN BY OUTER HANDLE

SEL/RESET

DOOR SETUP SEL/RESET

AUTO DOOR LOCK

SECURITY RELOCK TIMER

AUTO DOOR UNLOCK

KEY AND REMOTE UNLOCK MODE

PSD KEYLESS OPEN MODE

KEYLESS LOCK ACKNOWLEDGMENT

LIGHTING SETUP

INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMING TIME

AUTO LIGHT SENSITIVITY

HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMERSEL/RESET

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 101 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

102

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*

Instrument Panel

■List of customizable options

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings

DRIVER

ASSIST

SYSTEM

SETUP

FORWARD COLLISION

WARNING DISTANCE Changes at which distance FCW alerts, or turns FCW

on and off. LONG/NORMAL*1/SHORT/

OFF

BLIND SPOT INFO Changes the setting for the blind spot information. AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALERT*1/

VISUAL ALERT/OFF

METER

SETUP

LANGUAGE SELECTION Changes the displayed language. ENGLISH*1/FRENCH/SPANISH

ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP.

DISPLAY Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. -5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.)

-3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada)

“TRIP A” RESET TIMING

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average

fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A.

WITH REFUEL/IGN OFF/

MANUALLY RESET*1

”TRIP B” RESET TIMING

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average

fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B.

WITH REFUEL/IGN OFF/

MANUALLY RESET*1

POSITION

SETUP

MEMORY POSITION

LINK Changes the driver’s seat position to a stored setting. ON*1/OFF

KEYLESS

ACCESS

SYSTEM

SETUP

DOOR UNLOCK MODE Changes which doors unlock when you grab the

driver’s door handle. DRIVER DOOR*1/ALL DOORS

KEYLESS ACCESS LIGHT

FLASH Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/

lock the doors. ON*1/OFF

KEYLESS ACCESS BEEP

Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors.

ON*1/OFF

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 102 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

103

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*

Continued

Instrument Panel

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings

LIGHTING

SETUP

INTERIOR LIGHT

DIMMING TIME

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on

after you close the doors. 60sec/30sec*1/15sec

HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF

TIMER Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on

after you close the driver’s door. 60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec

AUTO LIGHT

SENSITIVITY Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. MAX/HIGH/MID*1/LOW/MIN

DOOR SETUP

AUTO DOOR LOCK Changes the setting for the automatic locking

feature. WITH VEH SPD*1/SHIFT

FROM P/OFF

AUTO DOOR UNLOCK Changes the setting for when the doors unlock

automatically.

DRIVER DOOR WITH SHIFT

TO P*1/ALL DOORS WITH

SHIFT TO P/DRIVER DOOR

WITH IGN OFF/ALL DOORS

WITH IGN OFF/OFF

KEY AND REMOTE

UNLOCK MODE Changes which doors unlock with the remote

transmitter on a first push. DRIVER DOOR*1/ALL DOORS

PSD KEYLESS OPEN

MODE Changes the keyless setting for when the power

sliding door opens. ANYTIME*1/WHEN

UNLOCKED

KEYLESS LOCK

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

LOCK/UNLOCK - The exterior lights flash.

LOCK (2nd push) - The beeper sounds. ON*1/OFF

SECURITY RELOCK

TIMER

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and

the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle

without opening any door.

90sec/60sec/30sec*1

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 103 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

104

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*

Instrument Panel

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings

POWER

TAILGATE

SETUP

KEYLESS OPEN MODE Changes the keyless setting for when the power

tailgate opens. ANYTIME*1/WHEN

UNLOCKED

POWER OPEN BY

OUTER HANDLE Changes the setting to open the power tailgate by

the tailgate outer handle. OFF (MANUALLY)/ON

(POWER/MANUAL)*1

DEFAULT ALL Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as default. CANCEL/SET

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 104 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

105

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*

Continued

Instrument Panel

■Example of customization settings

The steps for changing the “TRIP A” RESET TIMING setting to WITH REFUEL are

shown below. The default setting for “TRIP A” RESET TIMING is MANUALLY

RESET.

1. Press the / button to select

CUSTOMIZE SETTINGS, then press the

SEL/RESET button.

2. Press the / button until METER

SETUP appears on the display.

3. Press the SEL/RESET button.

uLANGUAGE SELECTION appears first

on the display.

4. Press the / button until “TRIP A”

RESET TIMING appears on the display,

then press the SEL/RESET button.

uThe display switches to the

customization setup screen, where you

can select WITH REFUEL, IGN OFF,

MANUALLY RESET, or EXIT.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 105 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

106

uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display*

Instrument Panel

5. Press the / button and select WITH

REFUEL, then press the SEL/RESET button.

uThe WITH REFUEL SETUP screen

appears, then the display returns to the

customize menu screen.

6. Press the / button until EXIT

appears on the display, then press the SEL/

RESET button.

7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the

normal screen.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 106 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

107

Controls

This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 108

Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Key Types and Functions .................. 110

Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength

..... 112

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside..... 113

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside... 118

Childproof Door Locks ..................... 119

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 120

Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 121

Opening and Closing the Sliding Doors

...... 127

Security System

Immobilizer System .......................... 135

Security System Alarm*.................... 135

Opening and Closing the Windows..... 138

Opening and Closing the Moonroof

..... 141

Operating the Switches Around the

Steering Wheel

Ignition Switch*............................... 142

ENGINE START/STOP Button*........... 143

Ignition Switch and Power Mode

Comparison ................................... 146

Turn Signals..................................... 147

Light Switches.................................. 147

Fog Lights*...................................... 150

Daytime Running Lights ................... 150

Wipers and Washers ........................ 151

Brightness Control ........................... 153

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror

Button ..154

Driving Position Memory System*.... 155

Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 157

Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 158

Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 158

Power Door Mirrors ......................... 159

Adjusting the Seats

Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 161

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience

Items ................................................ 176

Interior Lights .................................. 176

Interior Convenience Items .............. 178

Heating and Cooling*

Using Vents, Heating and A/C.......... 194

Climate Control System*

Using Automatic Climate Control .... 198

Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 203

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 107 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

108

Controls

Clock

Adjusting the Clock

You can adjust the time in the clock display with the ignition switch is in ON (w *1.

■Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Clock,

then Clock Adjustment.

2. Move or to select Clock.

Rotate to select Clock Adjustment,

then press .

3. Rotate to change hour, then press .

4. Rotate to change minute, then press .

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Adjusting the Time

1Adjusting the Clock

The clock is automatically updated through the

navigation system, so the time does not need to be

adjusted.

These indications are used to show how to operate

the selector knob.

Rotate to select.

Press to enter.

These indications are used to show how to operate

the interface dial.

Rotate to select.

Press to enter.

Move , , or to select secondary menu.

You can customize the clock display to show the 12

hour clock or 24 hour clock.

2Customized Features P. 295

You can turn the clock display on and off.

2Customized Features P. 295

Models with navigation system

Models with one display

Models with two displays

All models

Models without navigation system

Models with one display

Models with two displays

All models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 108 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

109

uuClockuAdjusting the Clock

Controls

■Using the SETTINGS button

1. Press and hold the CLOCK (SETTINGS)

button until the clock display blinks.

2. Press Preset (4 (Hour) or (5 (Minute) to

adjust the time.

3. Press the CLOCK button again to set the

time.

1Using the SETTINGS button

To set the time to the nearest hour: Press and hold

the CLOCK button until the clock display blinks, then

press the (6 (Reset) button.

Depending on the displayed time, the clock sets

forward or backward.

Example:

1:06 will reset to 1:00

1:53 will reset to 2:00

Models with one display

(5 (Minute) Button

CLOCK (SETTINGS) Button

(6 (Reset) Button

(4 (Hour) Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 109 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

110

Controls

Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Key Types and Functions

This vehicle comes with the following keys:

Use the keys to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock the doors and

tailgate. You can also use the remote transmitter or smart entry system* to lock and

unlock the doors and to open the tailgate.

■Smart entry remote*

The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the

doors when the smart entry remote battery

becomes weak and the power door lock/

unlock operation is disabled.

To remove the built-in key, pull it out while

sliding the release knob. To reinstall the built-

in key, push the built-in key into the smart

entry remote until it clicks.

■Master Keys

1Key Types and Functions

All of the keys have an immobilizer system. The

immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle

theft.

2Immobilizer System P. 135

The keys contain precision electronics.

Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to

the electronics:

•Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in

locations with high temperature or high humidity.

•Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.

•Keep the keys away from liquids.

•Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the

battery.

If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine

may not start, and the remote transmitter may not

work.

If the keys do not work properly, have them

inspected by a dealer.

Models without

smart entry system

Models with smart

entry system

Models with smart entry

system and power tailgate

Release Knob

Built-in Key

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 110 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

111

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions

Controls

Can be used to start and stop the engine, and

lock and unlock driver's door.

Contains a number that you will need if you

purchase a replacement key.

■Valet Key*

1Valet Key*

When you need to leave a key with a third party,

leave the valet key.

Gray

■Key Number Tag

1Key Number Tag

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a

safe place outside of your vehicle.

If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a

dealer.

If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,

contact a dealer.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 111 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

112

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength*

Controls

Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength*

The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/

unlocking the doors and the tailgate, opening the power sliding door and the power

tailgate*, or to start the engine.

In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the power sliding door

and the power tailgate*, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may

be unstable:

•Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.

•You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications

equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.

•A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote.

1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength*

Communication between the smart entry remote and

the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s

battery.

Battery life is about two years, but this varies

depending on regularity of use.

The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry

remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing

it near electrical appliances such as televisions and

personal computers.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 112 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

113

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Continued

Controls

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■Locking the doors

Press the lock button.

Once:

uSome exterior lights flash, all the doors

and the tailgate lock, and the security

system sets.

Twice (within five seconds after the first

push):

uA beeper sounds and verifies the security

system* is set.

■Using the Remote Transmitter

1Using the Remote Transmitter

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of

unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,

the doors will automatically relock.

You can change the relock timer setting.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

If the interior light switch is in the door activated

position, the interior lights come on when you press

the unlock button.

No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30

seconds.

Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off

immediately.

2Interior Lights P. 176

The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so

the operating range may vary depending on the

surroundings.

The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is

open.

You can lock or unlock doors using the remote

transmitter or smart entry system only when the

power mode in VEHICLE OFF.

Models without smart entry system

Models with smart entry system

LED

Unlock

Button

Lock

Button

Unlock

Button

LED

Lock

Button

Unlock

Button Lock

Button

LED

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 113 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

114

Controls

■Unlocking the doors

Press the unlock button.

Once:

uSome exterior lights flash twice, and the driver's door unlocks.

Twice:

uThe remaining doors and the tailgate unlock.

1Using the Remote Transmitter

If the distance at which it works varies, the battery is

probably low.

If the LED does not come on when you press a

button, the battery is dead.

2Replacing the Button Battery P. 500

You can customize the door unlock mode setting.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 114 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 115

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Controls

When you carry the smart entry remote, you

can lock/unlock the doors and open the

tailgate.

You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius

of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door

handle. You can open the tailgate within

about 32 inches (80 cm) radius from the

tailgate outer handle.

■Locking the doors and the tailgate

Press the door lock button on the front door

or the tailgate.

uSome exterior lights flash; the beeper

sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock;

and the security system sets.

■Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System*

Door Lock Button

Lock Button

1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System*

•Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle

when you get out. Carry it with you.

•Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,

you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else

with the remote is within range.

•The door may be unlocked if the door handle is

covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if

the smart entry remote is within range.

•If you grip a door handle wearing gloves, the door

sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond

by unlocking the doors.

•You cannot unlock the door by gripping the handle

after two seconds of unlocking it.

•The door might not open if you pull it immediately

after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle

again and confirm that the door is unlocked before

pulling the handle.

•Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not

be able to lock/unlock the doors with the smart entry

remote if it is above or below the outside handle.

•The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too

close to the door and door glass.

If the distance at which it works varies, the battery is

probably low.

If the LED does not come on when you press a

button, the battery is dead.

2Replacing the Button Battery P. 500

You can customize the door lock mode and keyless

lock acknowledgement setting.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 115 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

116

Controls

■Unlocking the doors and the tailgate

Grab the driver’s door handle:

uThe driver’s door unlocks.

uSome exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice.

Grab the front passenger’s door or rear door

handle:

uAll doors and the tailgate unlock.

uSome exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice.

Press and hold the tailgate outer handle.

uAll doors and the tailgate unlock and

open.

uSome exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice.

2Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the

Tailgate Outer Handle and Inner Handle

P. 122

1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System*

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of

unlocking the vehicle, the doors will automatically

relock.

The light flash, beep and unlock settings can be

customized.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

You can also unlock and open with the power

tailgate.

2Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the

Tailgate Outer Handle and Inner Handle

P. 122

Tailgate Outer

Handle

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 116 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

117

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Controls

Fully insert the key and turn it.

■Locking the driver's door

Push the lock tab rearward a or push the

master door lock switch in the lock direction

b, and close the door.

■Locking the passenger's doors

Push the lock tab rearward and close the door.

■Lockout prevention system

The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch*1, or

the smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

When you lock the driver's door with a key, all of the

other doors and the tailgate lock at the same time.

When unlocking, the driver's door unlocks first. Turn

the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock

the remaining doors and the tailgate.

You can customize the door unlock mode setting.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

Lock Unlock

■Locking a Door Without Using a Key

1Locking a Door Without Using a Key

When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors

and the tailgate lock at the same time.

Make sure you have the key in your hand before

locking the door to prevent it from being locked in

the vehicle.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 117 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

118

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Controls

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

■Locking a door

Pull the lock tab.

■Unlocking a door

Push the lock tab in.

Press the master door lock switch in as shown

to lock or unlock all doors and the tailgate.

■Using the Lock Tab

1Using the Lock Tab

When you lock the door using the lock tab on the

driver's door, all of the other doors and the tailgate

lock at the same time.

When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the

driver's door, only the driver's door will unlock.

To Unlock

Lock Tab

To Lock

■Using the Master Door Lock Switch*

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch*

When you lock/unlock the driver's door using the

master door lock switch, all the other doors and the

tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.

The front passenger’s door also has the master door

lock switch.

To Unlock

Master Door

Lock Switch

To Lock

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 118 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

119

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks

Controls

Childproof Door Locks

The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside

regardless of the position of the lock tab.

Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock

position, and close the door.

■When opening the sliding door

Open the door using the outside door handle.

■Setting the Childproof Door Locks

1Childproof Door Locks

To open the door from the inside when the

childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the

unlock position, lower the rear window, put your

hand out of the window, and pull the outside door

handle.

The door pillar switches become disabled.

2Power Sliding Door Switches P. 131

Unlock

Lock

Models with power sliding doors

Lock

Unlock

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 119 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

120

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking

Controls

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking

Your vehicle locks all doors and the tailgate and unlocks the driver’s door

automatically when a certain condition is met.

■Drive lock mode

All doors and the tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15

km/h).

■Park unlock mode

The driver’s door unlocks when the shift lever is moved into (P with the brake pedal

depressed.

■Auto Door Locking

■Auto Door Unlocking

1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking

You can turn off or change to another auto door

locking/unlocking setting using the audio/

information screen or multi-information display*.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 120 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

121

Controls

Opening and Closing the Tailgate

Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate

Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or

closing it.

■Opening the tailgate

•Open the tailgate all the way.

uIf it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight.

•Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.

■Closing the tailgate

Keep the tailgate closed while driving to:

uAvoid possible damage.

uPrevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.

2Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 66

1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate

Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to

put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo

area.

When operating the power tailgate, make sure there

is enough space around your vehicle. People near the

tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits their

head or closes on their heads. Be especially cautious

if children are around.

When you are storing or picking up luggage from the

cargo area while the engine is idling, do not stand in

front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.

Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They

may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden

acceleration, or a crash.

WARNING

Closing a power tailgate while anyone is in

the path of the tailgate can cause serious

injury.

Make sure everyone is clear before closing

the tailgate.

Models with power tailgate

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 121 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

122

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate Using the Tailgate Outer Handle and Inner Handle

Controls

Opening/Closing the Tailgate Using the Tailgate

Outer Handle and Inner Handle

When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate

is unlocked. Press and hold the tailgate outer

handle and lift open the tailgate.

Even if the tailgate is locked, you can open the

tailgate if you carry the smart entry remote.

When the Power Tailgate Open By Outer

Handle setting is On (Power/Manual), you

can operate the power tailgate by pressing

and releasing the tailgate outer handle.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

To manually close the tailgate, grab the inner

handle, pull the tailgate down, and push it

closed from outside.

Tailgate

Outer

Handle

Models with smart entry system

Models with power tailgate

Inner

Handle

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 122 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

123

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate*

Continued

Controls

Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate*

The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the

smart entry remote or instrument panel, or pressing the handle or button on the

tailgate.

■The power tailgate can be opened when:

•The tailgate is fully closed.

•The shift lever is in (P.

•Press and hold the tailgate button on the smart entry remote for about one

second when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

uIf you have changed the Power Tailgate Keyless Open Mode setting to

When Unlocked, you need to unlock the tailgate before you press the tailgate

button to open it.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

■The power tailgate can be closed when:

•The tailgate is fully open.

•The shift lever is in (P.

•Press and hold the tailgate button on the smart entry remote for about one

second when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate*

The power tailgate may not open or close under the

following conditions:

•The vehicle is parked on a steep hill.

•The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind.

•The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.

If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are

locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.

If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse

while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be

disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you

manually close the tailgate.

Installing aftermarket components other than

genuine Honda accessories on the power tailgate

may prevent it from fully opening or closing.

Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you

get your luggage in and out.

Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before

you start the vehicle.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 123 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate*

124

Controls

Press the power tailgate button for more than

one second to operate.

To reverse direction while the power tailgate is

in operation, press the button again. The

beeper sounds three times and the tailgate

reverses direction.

■Customizing when to open the tailgate

Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the

default setting.

When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

■Remote Transmitter

1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate*

If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening

or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the

direction. Three beeps sound.

The auto reverse function stops sensing when the

tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully

closes.

Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the

tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you

touch either sensor when you are trying to close the

tailgate.

Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp

object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the

power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.

Power

Tailgate

Button

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 124 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 125

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate*

Controls

To open or close the power tailgate, press the

power tailgate button for about one second.

The beeper sounds and some exterior lights

flash.

To reverse direction while the power tailgate is

in operation, press the button again. The

beeper sounds three times and the tailgate

reverses direction.

Press the button on the tailgate to close the

power tailgate.

If you press the button again while the power

tailgate is closing, it stops and reverses

direction.

■Power Tailgate Button

Power

Tailgate

Button

■Power Tailgate Close Button

1Power Tailgate Close Button

If you press the power tailgate close button while the

tailgate is automatically opening or closing, the

power tailgate operation stops. Use caution if the

tailgate stops in the middle of either operation. It may

suddenly swing up or down.

Power Tailgate

Close Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 125 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate*

126

Controls

If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.

Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully

opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on

the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.

■Auto-Closer

■Power Tailgate Fall Detection

1Auto-Closer

The auto-closer feature does not activate if you push

the tailgate release button while the power tailgate is

closing.

Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power

tailgate is latching.

Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you

manually close the tailgate and let it latch

automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands

around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.

1Power Tailgate Fall Detection

If you try to manually close the power tailgate

immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate

fall detection may activate.

Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait

until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from

the power tailgate when it is in motion.

If the power tailgate fall detection constantly

activates, consult at a dealer.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 126 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

127

Controls

Opening and Closing the Sliding Doors

Precautions for Opening/Closing the Sliding Doors

Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the sliding doors.

■Opening the sliding doors

Open the door all the way until it stops.

uIf it is not fully opened, the door may close again by its own weight.

1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Sliding Doors

Do not leave the sliding door open while parking on

a slope. The door may slide close by its weight.

When opening or closing the sliding doors, do not

grab the door or place your hand on the vehicle body.

Use the handle.

Do not put your foot and hand on the sliding door rail

and on the rollers.

If a small child is in the vehicle, use the childproof

door locks to prevent the child in the rear seat from

accidentally opening the sliding doors.

2Childproof Door Locks P. 119

Do not put any items that stick out from the pocket

in the door pockets. It may prevent the doors from

properly opening or closing, and damage the vehicle.

WARNING

Closing a sliding door while any part of a

passenger is in the door’s path can cause

serious injury.

Make sure all passengers are clear of the

doorway before closing a sliding door.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 127 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

128

uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing a Sliding Door

Controls

Opening/Closing a Sliding Door

■From outside

To open: Pull the door handle rearward and

slide the door.

To close: Pull the door handle forward and

slide the door.

■From inside

To open: Grab the inner handle and pull it

rearward. Slide the door.

To close: Grab the inner handle and pull it

forward. Slide the door.

1Opening/Closing a Sliding Door

Once a door is fully opened, the door position is

locked.

Do not step on the cover that stores the wiring for

the sliding door. The wiring is likely to get damaged,

causing the sliding door operation to malfunction.

If you try to open the sliding door with the window

open more than 3 inch (8 cm), the door stops

halfway. Close the door, close the window, and then

open the door again.

While the fuel fill door is open, you cannot open the

driver side sliding door. Operate the door after the

fuel fill door is closed.

If you try to open the driver side power sliding door

while the fuel fill door is open, the beeper sounds and

the door stops.

Cover

Models with power sliding doors

Door Handle

Inner Handle

Open

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 128 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

129

uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*

Continued

Controls

Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*

The power sliding doors can be operated by pressing the power sliding door button

on the smart entry remote, pressing the power sliding door switches on the

dashboard or door pillars, or using the door handle.

The power sliding doors can be operated when:

•The sliding door main switch is in the ON position.

•The power sliding door is unlocked.

•The fuel fill door is closed (on the driver side sliding door only).

•The power mode is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) when using the smart entry remote.

•The shift lever is in (P, the brake pedal is depressed, or the parking brake is

applied (with the power mode in ON) when using the power sliding door switches

on the dashboard.

1Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*

If you move the shift lever out of (P, and release the

brake pedal and the parking brake:

While opening – The sliding door stops and is left

ajar.

While closing – The beeper sounds until the door

closes.

Check that passengers, especially children, do not

have their hands on the sliding doors or on the door

pillars before its operation. If someone is caught in

the opening or closing sliding door, it can cause

serious injury.

Before replacing a rear tire, turn the power sliding

door main switch to OFF.

Operate the power sliding doors only when the

vehicle is at a complete stop. Make sure you apply the

brake when rear passengers are boarding or exiting.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 129 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*

130

Controls

■Switching between manual and automatic operations

Automatic operation: Select the ON

position of the sliding door main switch.

Manual operation: Select the OFF position

of the sliding door main switch.

2Opening/Closing a Sliding Door P. 128

1Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*

Do not turn the main switch off while the power

sliding door is in operation on a slope. The power

sliding door’s fail-safe mode activates and the beeper

sounds continuously.

When the fail-safe mode is active, turn the main

switch on and close the door automatically.

The following can deactivate the fail-safe mode and

the sliding door may close by its own weight.

•Using the door handle

•Turning the main switch from ON to OFF

If you replace the battery or the power sliding door

fuse while the door is open, the power sliding door

may be disabled. The power sliding door resumes

once you manually close the door.

OFF ON

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 130 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 131

uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*

Controls

The power sliding door opens when you press

the OPEN side of the / switch, and

closes when you press the CLOSE side of the

/ switch.

While the power sliding door is in operation, if

you press the switch that corresponds to that

power sliding door, the beeper sounds and

the operation stops.

To resume the power sliding door operation,

press the same switch again.

■Power Sliding Door Switches

1Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*

Auto Reverse

Do not touch the pinch sensor located at the front edge

of the power sliding door. Do not damage the sensor.

The power sliding door may not operate properly.

If the power sliding door senses resistance when

closing automatically, it will stop closing and reverse

direction. The beeper sounds.

Before the power sliding door operation, make sure

there are no people or obstacles near the door. The

auto reverse function should be activated in case of

emergency only. If someone is caught in the opening

or closing sliding door, it can cause serious injury. Pay

special attention to children.

Closing a power sliding door on someone’s hand or

fingers can cause serious injury. Some parts of the

door edge do not sense resistance when the door is

near closing.

Pinch

Sensor

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 131 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*

132

Controls

Press the power sliding door button for more

than one second to operate.

While the power sliding door is in operation, if

you press the button that corresponds to that

power sliding door, the beeper sounds and

the operation stops.

If you press the same button again, the sliding

door reverses its direction.

■Customizing when to open the sliding doors

Anytime: The power sliding door unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the

default setting.

When Unlocked: The door opens when all doors are unlocked.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

■Smart Entry Remote

1Smart Entry Remote

When you press the power sliding door button to

open the door, the front door on the same side

unlocks.

Driver’s Side Power Sliding

Door Button

Passenger’s Side Power Sliding

Door Button

1Customizing when to open the sliding doors

When you select When Unlocked, you will hear

three short beeps.

When you select Any Time, you will hear one long

beep.

In When Unlocked, trying to operate the power

sliding door without unlocking the door triggers the

beeper to sound.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 132 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

133

uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*

Controls

■Outer handles

Pull up on the outer handle towards you. The

sliding door starts opening or closing.

■Inner handles

Pull it rearward to automatically open the

sliding door, and pull it forward to

automatically close the door.

While the power sliding door is in operation, if you pull either handle that

corresponds to that power sliding door, the beeper sounds and the operation stops.

To resume the power sliding door operation, pull the same handle in the same

direction again.

■Door Handles

1Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors*

The beeper sounds and the power sliding door does

not open when you pull the inner or outer handle

under the following conditions:

•The power mode is in ON.

•The shift lever is in other than (P .

•The brake pedal is released.

•The parking brake is released.

If you leave the power sliding door half open on a

steep hill with the engine off, the door starts to

sliding down towards the hill bottom after 30

minutes. While the door is sliding down, the beeper

sounds.

Outer Handle

Inner Handle

Open

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 133 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

134

uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuAuto-Closer

Controls

Auto-Closer

If you manually close the power sliding door, it latches automatically.

The auto-closer feature activates with or without the main switch ON. The only

exception is when the fuel fill door is open with the main switch ON.

1Auto-Closer

Keep your hands away from the power sliding door.

The manually closed door latches automatically when

it is half-shut.

The auto-closer feature does not activate if you keep

pulling the inner or outer handle and while the sliding

door is closing.

Do not put any force on the power sliding door while

the door is latching.

Models with power sliding door

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 134 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

135

Continued

Controls

Security System

Immobilizer System

The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from

starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic

signals to verify the key.

Pay attention to the following when inserting the key into the ignition switch or

pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button:

•Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ignition switch or the

ENGINE START/STOP button.

•Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.

•Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system near the ignition

switch.

Security System Alarm*

The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood, or doors are opened

without the key, remote transmitter, or smart entry system*.

■When the security system alarm activates

The horn sounds intermittently, and all of the exterior lights flash.

■To deactivate the security system alarm

Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter, or smart entry system. The

system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.

1Immobilizer System

NOTICE

Leaving the ignition key in the vehicle can result in

theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.

Always take the ignition key with you whenever you

leave the vehicle unattended.

Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.

Doing so may damage the system and make your

vehicle inoperable.

1Security System Alarm*

The security alarm continues for a maximum of two

minutes until the security system deactivates.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 135 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm*

136

Controls

■Setting the security system alarm

The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have

been met:

•The ignition switch is in LOCK (0*1, and the key has been removed from the

ignition switch.

•The hood is closed.

•All doors and the tailgate are locked with the key, the remote transmitter or smart

entry system.

■When the security system alarm sets

The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the

blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.

■To cancel the security system alarm

The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key,

remote transmitter, or smart entry sytem, or the ignition switch is turned to ON

(w*1. The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

1Security System Alarm*

Do not set the security system alarm when someone

is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can

accidentally activate when:

•Unlocking the door with the lock tab.

•Opening the tailgate with the power tailgate

button on the dashboard.

If the battery goes dead after you have set the

security system alarm, the security alarm may go off

once the battery is recharged or replaced.

If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by

unlocking a door using the key or remote transmitter.

Do not attempt to alter this system or add another

device to it.

Models with power tailgate

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 136 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

137

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm*

Controls

■The panic button on the remote

transmitter

If you press the panic button for

approximately one second, the following will

occur for about 30 seconds:

•The horn sounds.

•Some exterior lights flash.

■Canceling panic mode

Press any button on the remote transmitter, or

turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Panic Mode

Panic

Button

Panic

Button

Panic

Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 137 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

138

Controls

Opening and Closing the Windows

Opening/Closing the Power Windows

The power windows can be opened and closed when the ignition switch is in ON

(w*1, using the switches on the doors. The driver side switches can be used to open

and close all of the windows.

The power window lock button on the driver side must be switched off (not pushed

in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the

driver's seat.

When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you

can only operate the driver's window. Turn the power window lock button on when

children are in the vehicle.

■Automatic operation

To open: Push the switch down firmly.

To close: Pull the switch up firmly.

The window opens or closes completely. To stop the

window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly.

■Manual operation

To open: Push the switch down lightly, and

hold it until the desired position is reached.

To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it

until the desired position is reached.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function

1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

The power windows can be operated for up to 10

minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.

Opening either front door cancels this function.

Auto Reverse

If a power window senses resistance when closing

automatically, it will stop closing and reverse

direction.

The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled

when you continuously pull up the switch.

The auto reverse function stops sensing when the

window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

WARNING

Closing a power window on someone's

hands or fingers can cause serious injury.

Make sure your passengers are away from

the windows before closing them.

OFF

Power Window

Lock Button

Indicator

Driver’s

Window

Switch

Front Passenger’s

Window Switch

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 138 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

139

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

Continued

Controls

To open: Push the switch down.

To close: Pull the switch up.

Release the switch when the window reaches

the desired position.

To open: Press the unlock button twice

within 10 seconds and hold it down for the

second time. If the windows stop midway,

repeat the procedure.

■

Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function

Open

2nd row seat

■Opening the Windows and Moonroof* with the Remote

Transmitter

Unlock

Button

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 139 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

140

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

Controls

To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the

key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to

the central position, turn the key in the unlock

direction and hold it there.

To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.

Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the

central position, turn the key in the lock

direction and hold it there.

Release the key to stop the windows/

moonroof at the desired position. If you want

further adjustment, repeat the same

operation.

■Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof* with the Key

Close Open

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 140 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

141

Controls

Opening and Closing the Moonroof*

You can only operate the moonroof when the ignition switch is in ON (w*1. Use the

switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.

■Automatic operation

To open: Pull the switch back firmly.

To close: Push the switch forward firmly.

The moonroof will automatically open or close

all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,

touch the switch briefly.

■Manual operation

To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and

hold it until the desired position is reached.

To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and

hold it until the desired position is reached.

■Tilting the moonroof up

To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof

switch.

To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then

release.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Opening/Closing the Moonroof

1Opening/Closing the Moonroof

NOTICE

Opening the moonroof in below freezing

temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice

can damage the moonroof panel or motor.

The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10

minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.

Opening either front door cancels this function.

When resistance is detected, the auto reverse

function causes the moonroof to change directions,

then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the

moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully

closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers,

are clear of the moonroof.

You can use the remote transmitter or the key to

operate the moonroof.

2Opening the Windows and Moonroof*

with the Remote Transmitter P. 139

2Opening/Closing the Windows and

Moonroof* with the Key P. 140

WARNING

Opening or closing the moonroof on

someone's hands or fingers can cause

serious injury.

Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of

the moonroof before opening or closing it.

Open

Close Tilt

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 141 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

142

Controls

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel

Ignition Switch*

1Ignition Switch*

You cannot take the key out unless the shift lever is

in (P.

If you open the driver's door when the key is in LOCK

(0 or ACCESSORY (q, a warning buzzer will sound

to remind you to take the key out.

If the key won't turn from LOCK (0 to ACCESSORY

(q, turn the key while moving the steering wheel left

and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing

the key to turn.

(0 LOCK: Insert and remove the key in this

position.

(q ACCESSORY: Operate the audio system and

other accessories in this position.

(w ON: This is the position when driving.

(e START: This position is for starting the engine.

The switch returns to ON (w when you let go of

the key.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 142 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

143

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button*

Continued

Controls

ENGINE START/STOP Button*

■Changing the Power Mode

1ENGINE START/STOP Button*

ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range

You can start the engine when the smart entry

remote is inside the vehicle.

The engine may also run if the smart entry remote is

close to the door or window, even if it is outside the

vehicle.

ON mode:

Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.

If the smart entry remote battery is weak, the beeper

sounds and the TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR

START BUTTON message appears on the multi-

information display*.

2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

P. 521

Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON

when you get out.

Operating Range

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)

Indicator in the button is off.

The steering wheel is locked. The power to all electrical

components is turned off.

Press the button without the shift lever in (P.

Shift to (P then press the button.

Press the button.

Without pressing

the brake pedal

ACCESSORY

Indicator in the button is on.

Indicator in the button blinks (from ON to ACCESSORY).

Operate the audio system and other accessories in this

position.

Indicator in the button is on.

All electrical components can be used.

Indicator

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 143 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

144

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button*

Controls

If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the shift lever in (P and the power

mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain.

When in this mode:

The steering wheel does not lock.

You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the smart entry

system.

Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

■Automatic Power Off

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 144 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

145

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button*

Controls

If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning

buzzer sounds.

Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/

and outside the vehicle to remind you that the

smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the

buzzer continues even after the remote is put

back inside, place it to be within its

operational range.

■When the power mode is in ON

If the smart entry remote is taken out of the

vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed,

warning buzzers sound from both inside and

outside the vehicle. A warning message on

the information display or multi-information

display notifies the driver inside that the

remote is out.

■When the power mode is in

ACCESSORY

If the smart entry remote is taken out of the

vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a

warning buzzer sounds from outside the

vehicle.

■Power Mode Reminder

■Smart Entry Remote Reminder

1Smart Entry Remote Reminder

When the smart entry remote is within the system’s

operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the

warning function cancels.

If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle

after the engine has been started, you can no longer

change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or

restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is

in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE

START/STOP button.

Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle

through a window does not activate the warning

buzzer.

Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard

or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer

to go off. Under some other conditions that can

prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the

warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is

within the system’s operational range.

Models with information display

Models with multi-information display

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 145 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

146

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluIgnition Switch and Power Mode Comparison

Controls

Ignition Switch and Power Mode Comparison

Ignition Switch

Position

LOCK (0)

(with/without

the key)

ACCESSORY (I) ON (II) START (III)

Without Smart Entry

System

●Engine is turned off and

power is shut down.

●The steering wheel is

locked.

●No electrical

components can be

used.

●Engine is turned off.

●Some electrical

components such as the

audio system and the

accessory power socket

can be operated.

●Normal key position

while driving.

●All electrical components

can be used.

●Use this position to start

the engine.

●The ignition switch

returns to the ON (II)

position when you

release the key.

Power Mode VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK)

ACCESSORY ON START

With Smart Entry

System and ENGINE

START/STOP

Button

Indicator-Off

●Engine is turned off and

power is shut down.

●The steering wheel is

locked.

●No electrical

components can be

used.

Indicator-On or blinking

●Engine is turned off.

●Some electrical

components such as the

audio system and the

accessory power socket

can be operated.

Indicator-

On (engine is turned off)

Off (engine is running)

●All electrical components

can be used.

Indicator-Off

●The mode automatically

returns to ON after the

engine starts.

Indicator is: On Off

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 146 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

147

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

Continued

Controls

Turn Signals

The turn signals can be used when the ignition

switch is in ON (w*1.

■One-touch turn signal

When you lightly push up or down and release

the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals

and turn signal indicator blink three times.

The feature can be used when signaling for a

lane change.

Light Switches

Rotating the light switch turns the lights on

and off, regardless of the position of the

ignition switch*1.

■High beams

Push the lever forward until you hear a click.

■Low beams

When in high beams, pull the lever back to

return to low beams.

■Flashing the high beams

Pull the lever back, and release it.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

Right Turn

Left Turn

■Manual Operation

1Light Switches

If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)

with the lights on, a light on reminder chime sounds

when you open the driver’s door.

If you remove the key from the ignition switch while

the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s

door is opened.

When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the

instrument panel will be on.

2Lights On Indicator P. 77

Repeatedly turning the headlights on and off reduces

the life of the HID headlight bulbs. If you sense that

the level of the headlights is abnormal, have the

vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off

because it will cause the battery to discharge.

Models with smart entry system

Models without smart entry system

Models with high voltage discharge tube bulb

High Beams

Flashing the high beams

Low Beams

Turns on parking, side marker,

tail, and rear license plate lights

Turns on headlights, parking, side

marker, tail, and rear license plate

lights

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 147 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

148

Controls

Automatic lighting control can be used when

the ignition switch is in ON (w*1.

When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the

headlights and other exterior lights will switch

on and off automatically depending on the

ambient brightness.

uYou can change the auto light sensitivity

setting.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Automatic Lighting Control*

1Automatic Lighting Control*

We recommend that you turn on the lights manually

when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas

such as long tunnels or parking facilities.

The light sensor is in the location shown below.

Do not cover this light sensor with anything;

otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not

work properly.

Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:

Setting The exterior lights come on

when the ambient light is at

MAX

HIGH

MID

LOW

MIN

Light Sensor

Bright

Dark

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 148 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

149

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

Controls

The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within

a certain intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.

The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.

The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15

seconds after you remove the key or set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK),

take the remote with you, and close the driver's door.

uYou can change the headlight auto off timer setting.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1 with the headlight switch on, but do

not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch

is in the AUTO position).

The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock

the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the

driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Headlight Integration with Wiper*

■Automatic Lighting Off Feature

1Headlight Integration with Wiper*

This feature activates during the headlights are off in

AUTO.

The instrument panel brightness does not change

when the headlights come on.

At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting

control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of

the number of wiper sweeps.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 149 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

150

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights*

Controls

Fog Lights*

When the low beam headlights are on, turn

the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.

Daytime Running Lights

The high beam headlights come on slightly dimmer than normal when the following

conditions have been met:

•The ignition switch is in ON (w*1.

•The headlight switch is off.

•The parking brake is released.

The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Turning off the ignition

switch or setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF will turn off the daytime running

lights.

The high beam headlights return to the original brightness once the headlight

switch is turned on.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

1Fog Lights*

When the fog lights are on, the indicator in the

instrument panel will be on.

2Fog Light Indicator* P. 78

Fog Light Switch

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 150 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

151

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Continued

Controls

Wipers and Washers

The windshield wipers and washers can be

used when the ignition switch is in ON (w*1.

■MIST

The wipers run at high speed until you release

the lever.

■Wiper switch (OFF, INT, LO, HI)

Change the wiper switch setting according to

the amount of rain.

■Adjusting the delay

Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper

delay.

■Washer

Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.

When you release the lever, the wipers make

two or three more sweeps before stopping.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

1Wipers and Washers

NOTICE

Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.

The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber

blades will get damaged.

NOTICE

In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the

windshield, becoming stuck.

Operating the wipers in this condition may damage

the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the

windshield, then turn the wipers on.

If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are

operating intermittently, the length of the wipe

interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the

wipers make a single sweep.

When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s

shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become

the same.

Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.

The pump may get damaged.

Intermittent Time

Adjustment Ring

MIST

INT: Low speed with

intermittent

OFF

LO: Low speed wipe

HI: High speed wipe

Pull to

use

washer.

Long delay

Short delay

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 151 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

152

Controls

The rear wiper and washer can be used when

the ignition switch is in ON (w*1.

■Wiper switch (OFF, ON)

The wiper operates intermittently after

completing a few sweeps.

■Washer ( )

Sprays while you rotate the switch to this

position.

Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the

washer. Once released, it stops operating

after a few more sweeps.

■Operating in reverse

When you shift the transmission to (R with the front wiper activated, the rear wiper

operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Rear Wiper/Washer

1Wipers and Washers

If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such

as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe

place.

Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and turn the ignition

switch to ACCESSORY (q or LOCK (0*1, then

remove the obstacle.

The wiper motor is equipped with a breaker that may

stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an

overload. Wiper operation will return to normal

within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to

normal.

ON: Intermittent

Washer

OFF

Front Wiper Position Rear Wiper Operation

INT (Intermittent) Intermittent

LO (Low speed wipe)

HI (High speed wipe) Continuous

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 152 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

153

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

Controls

Brightness Control

When the parking lights are turned on and the

ignition switch is in ON (w*1, you can use the

brightness control knob to adjust instrument

panel brightness.

Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.

Dim: Turn the knob to the left.

You will hear a beeper when the brightness

reaches minimum or maximum. The

information display*/multi-information

display* will return to its original state several

seconds after you adjust the brightness.

■Brightness level indicator

The brightness level is shown on the

information display*/multi-information

display* while you are adjusting it.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an

ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an ignition

switch.

1Brightness Control

Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on

whether the exterior lights are on or off. The

instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are

on.

Pressing the (Select/Reset) knob or the /

(information) button* switches the display.

If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness

display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels

the reduced instrument panel brightness when the

exterior lights are on.

Control Knob

On multi-information display

On information display

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 153 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

154

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror* Button

Controls

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror* Button

Press the rear defogger and heated door

mirror button to defog the rear window and

mirrors when the ignition switch is in ON (w*1.

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors*

automatically switch off after 20 minutes.

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors

automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes

depending on the outside temperature.

However, if the outside temperature is 32°F

(0°C) or below, they do not automatically

switch off.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror* Button

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be

careful not to damage the heating wires.

It is critical to wipe the window from side to side

along the defogger heating wires.

This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off

when the window has been defogged.

Also, do not use the system for a long period when

the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery,

making it difficult to start the engine.

Models with heating and cooling system

Models with climate control system

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 154 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

155

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System*

Continued

Controls

Driving Position Memory System*

You can store two driver’s seat and outside mirrors position with the driving position

memory system.

When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote, the seat and outside

mirrors adjust automatically to one of the two preset positions.

The multi-information display shows you which remote transmitter you used to

unlock the vehicle when you enter.

•DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.

•DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.

1Driving Position Memory System*

Using the audio/information screen or multi-

information display, you can disable the automatic

seat and door mirrors adjustment function.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 155 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System*

156

Controls

1. Adjust the driver’s seat and the door mirrors

to the desired position, and set the power

mode to ON.

2. Press the SET button.

uYou will hear the beeper, and the

memory button indicator light will blink.

3. Press and hold memory button (1 or (2

within five seconds of pressing the SET

button.

uOnce the seat and the outside mirrors

position has been memorized, the

indicator light on the button you pressed

stays on.

1. Move the shift lever to (P.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Press a memory button ((1 or (2).

uYou will hear the beeper, and the

indicator light will blink.

The seat and the door mirrors will

automatically move to the memorized

position. When it has finished moving, you

will hear the beeper, and the indicator light

stays on.

■Storing a Position in Memory

1Storing a Position in Memory

After you press the SET button, the storing operation

will be canceled when:

•You do not press the memory button within five

seconds.

•You readjust the seat position before the double-

beep.

•You readjust the door mirrors.

•You set the power mode to any position except

ON.

Memory

Button 1

Memory

Button 2

SET Button

■Recalling the Stored Position

1Recalling the Stored Position

The seat and the door mirrors will stop moving if you:

•Press the SET button, or a memory button ((1 or

(2).

•Adjust the seat position.

•Adjust the door mirrors.

•Shift into any position except (P.

Memory

Button 1

Memory

Button 2

SET Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 156 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

157

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

Controls

Adjusting the Steering Wheel

The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you

can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.

1. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever

down.

uThe steering wheel adjustment lever is

under the steering column.

2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and

in or out.

uMake sure you can see the instrument

panel gauges and indicators.

3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up

to lock the steering wheel in position.

uAfter adjusting the position, make sure

you have securely locked the steering

wheel in place by trying to move it up,

down, in, and out.

1Adjusting the Steering Wheel

Make any steering wheel adjustments before you

start driving.

WARNING

Adjusting the steering wheel position while

driving may cause you to lose control of the

vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.

Adjust the steering wheel only when the

vehicle is stopped.

To adjust

To lock

Lever

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 157 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

158

Controls

Adjusting the Mirrors

Interior Rearview Mirror

Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving

position.

Flip the tab to switch the position.

The night position will help to reduce the glare

from headlights behind you when driving

after dark.

When driving after dark, the automatic

dimming rearview mirror always reduces the

glare from headlights behind you, based in

inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature is

always active.

■Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions*

1Adjusting the Mirrors

Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and

adjusted for best visibility.

Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.

2Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 161

Tab

Daytime

Position

Night Position

Down

■Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror*

1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror*

The auto dimming function cancels when the shift

position is in (R.

Sensor

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 158 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

159

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

Continued

Controls

Power Door Mirrors

You can adjust the door mirrors when the

ignition switch is in ON (w*1.

■Mirror position adjustment

L/R selector switch: Select the left or right

mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the

switch to the center position.

Mirror position adjustment switch: Press

the switch left, right, up, or down to move the

mirror.

■Folding door mirrors*

Press the folding button to fold in and out the

door mirrors.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

Selector

Switch

Adjustment

Switch

Folding Button*

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 159 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

160

Controls

If activated, either side door mirror

automatically tilts downward when you put

the shift lever in (R; this improves close-in

visibility on the selected side of the vehicle

when backing up. The mirror automatically

returns to its original position when you shift

out of (R.

To activate this feature, set the power mode

to ON and slide the selector switch to the left

or right side.

The driver side door mirror has outer and inner

segments.

The outer segment is slightly curved to provide

a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.

This wider view may help you check areas that

are not visible using a standard door mirror.

■Reverse Tilt Door Mirror*

Slide the selector switch to left or

right to tilt down either side

door mirror.

■Expanded View Driver's Mirror

1Expanded View Driver's Mirror

Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver side

door mirror appear smaller than objects in the rest of

the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they

appear.

Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side

and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.

Inner Segment

Outer Segment

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 160 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

161

Continued

Controls

Adjusting the Seats

Adjusting the Seat Positions

Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible

while allowing you to maintain full control of

the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,

well back in the seat and be able to

adequately press the pedals without leaning

forward, and grip the steering wheel

comfortably. The passenger's seat should be

adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far

back from the front airbag in the dashboard

as possible.

■Adjusting the front power seats

1Adjusting the Seats

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration

and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow

at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the

steering wheel and the chest.

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and

forth to make sure it is locked in position.

WARNING

Sitting too close to a front airbag can result

in serious injury or death if the front

airbags inflate.

Always sit as far back from the front

airbags as possible while maintaining

control of the vehicle.

The second and third row seats

Move back.

Allow sufficient

space.

Horizontal Position

Adjustment

Height Adjustment

(Driver’s seat only)

Seat-back

Angle

Adjustment

Lumbar

Support

Adjustment

(Driver’s seat

only)*

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 161 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

162

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

Controls

■Adjusting the passenger’s manual seats

Seat-back Angle

Adjustment

Pull up the lever to

change the angle.

Seat-back Angle

Adjustment*

Pull the strap to change

the angle.

Seat-back Angle

Adjustment

Pull up strap on the

right to change the

angle of the right halves

of the seat-back, and

left for the left halves.

Second row seat

Horizontal Position

Adjustment

Pull up the bar to move

the seat, then release

the bar.

Third row seat

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 162 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 163

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

Controls

Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable,

upright position, leaving ample space

between your chest and the airbag cover in

the center of the steering wheel.

The front seat passenger should also adjust

their seat-back to a comfortable, upright

position.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the

occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the

chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a

seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.

■Adjusting the Seat-Backs

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the

seat-back and your back.

Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag

operation.

If you cannot get far enough away from the steering

wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend

that you investigate whether some type of adaptive

equipment may help.

WARNING

Reclining the seat-back too far can result in

serious injury or death in a crash.

Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,

and sit well back in the seat.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 163 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

164

Controls

Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints

in all seating positions.

Head restraints are most effective for

protection against whiplash and other rear-

impact crash injuries when the center of the

back of the occupant's head rests against the

center of the restraint. The tops of the

occupant's ears should be level with the

center height of the restraint.

■Adjusting the Head Restraints

1Adjusting the Head Restraints

WARNING

Improperly positioning head restraints

reduces their effectiveness and increases

the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.

Make sure head restraints are in place and

positioned properly before driving.

Position head in the center

of the head restraint.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 164 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

165

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

Continued

Controls

■Adjusting the front and second row outer and third row outer head

restraint positions

To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.

To lower the head restraint: Push it down

while pressing the release button.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 165 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

166

Controls

A passenger sitting in the second row/third

row center seating position should adjust the

height of their head restraint to an

appropriate position before the vehicle begins

moving.

To raise the head restraint:

Pull it upward.

To lower the head restraint:

Push it down while pressing the release

button.

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.

To remove a head restraint:

Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the

restraint up and out.

To reinstall a head restraint:

Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height

while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked

in position.

■Changing the Second Row*/Third Row Center Seat Head

Restraint Positions

■Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

To remove the third row seat outer head restraints,

fold down the seat-back first.

2Adjusting the passenger’s manual seats

P. 162

WARNING

Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the

head restraints can result in severe injury

during a crash.

Always replace the head restraints before

driving.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 166 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 167

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

Controls

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their

seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their

seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is

off.

Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if

an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or

sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly

increased.

In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or

fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an

inflating front airbag.

■Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

WARNING

Sitting improperly or out of position can

result in serious injury or death in a crash.

Always sit upright, well back in the seat,

with your feet on the floor.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 167 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

168

Controls

The driver’s and front passenger’s seats have active head restraints. In a rear impact,

an occupant properly secured by a seat belt will be pushed against the seat-back and

the head restraint will move forward. This reduces the distance between the

restraint and the occupant’s head, which helps reduce the likelihood of whiplash

and injuries to the neck and upper spine.

■Active Head Restraints

1Active Head Restraints

In order for the active head restraints to operate

properly:

•Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or

from the restraint legs.

•Do not place any objects between an occupant and

the seat-back.

•Install each restraint in its proper location.

After a collision, the activated restraint should return

to its normal position. If the restraint does not return

to its normal position, or in the event of a severe

collision, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 168 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

169

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

Continued

Controls

Rear Seats

Pull up on the seat-back angle adjustment

lever, or pulling the release strap tilts the

second row outer seat’s seat-back forward.

Slide the whole seat forward.

■Third Row Seat Access

1Third Row Seat Access

When you enter the third row seat, be careful not to

trip over the second row seat belt. If necessary, move

the seat forward after tilting the seat-back forward.

Lever

Strap

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 169 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

170

Controls

1. Lower the head restraint to its lowest

position.

2. Move the seat to its rearmost position.

3. Fold the seat-back down.

4. Pull the lock release lever, and lift the rear

of the seat.

uTo lift the seat, grab the handle under

the rear side of the seat cushion.

5. Pull the seat-back slightly, then pivot it

upward.

uThis unhooks the front of the seat from

the floor.

■Removing a Second Row Outer Seat

1Removing a Second Row Outer Seat

Do not remove the seat while driving.

To reinstall the seat, hook the front of the seat to the

floor first. Pushing the rear of the seat-back locks the

seat in place. Make sure the seat is latched before

driving.

Handle

Seat-back Angle

adjustment Lever

Lock Release Lever

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 170 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 171

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

Controls

1. Lower the head restraint to its lowest

position.

2. Move the seat to its rearmost position.

3. Fold the seat-back down.

4. Pull the lock release lever, and lift the rear

of the seat.

uTo lift the seat, grab the handle under

the rear side of the seat cushion.

5. With the front of the seat hooked to the

floor, slide the seat laterally to the outer

position until it stops.

6. Lower the seat and push the rear of the

seat-back until it locks. Make sure the seat

is latched before driving.

■Sliding the Second Row Outer Seats Outward

1Sliding the Second Row Outer Seats Outward

When the second row outer seats are in the original

(center) position, passengers have easier access to the

third row seats. When they are in the outer position,

you can install two or three child seats in the second

row seats.

Handle Slide

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 171 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

172

Controls

Your vehicle’s multi-functional second row center seat is removable.

1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert a key

into the slot on the side of the anchor

buckle.

2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the

ceiling.

2Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 35

3. Pull up the adjustment strap, and fold down

the seat-back.

4. Pull the lock release strap under the seat

cushion, and lift the rear of the seat.

uTo lift the seat, hold the seat-back.

5. Pull the seat-back slightly, then pivot it

upward.

uThis unhooks the front of the seat from

the floor.

■Removing the Second Row Center Seat*

1Removing the Second Row Center Seat*

Do not remove the seat while driving.

The multi-functional center seat can be used as the

beverage holder when folded down.

2Beverage Holders P. 181

To reinstall the seat, hook the front of the seat to the

floor first. Pushing the rear of the seat-back locks the

seat in place. Make sure the seat is latched before

driving.

Adjustment Strap

Lock Release

Strap

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 172 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 173

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

Controls

1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert a key

into the slot on the side of the anchor

buckle.

2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the

ceiling.

2Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 35

3. Lower the head restraints to their lowest

position.

4. The right and left halves can be tucked

away separately. Pull either strap to release

the front leg lock of the third row seat.

5. Continue pulling the strap to tuck the seat

and strap away into the cargo area.

■Tucking away the One-Motion Third row magic Seat®

1Tucking away the One-Motion Third row magic Seat®

Remove any items from the cargo area before you

tuck away the third row seat.

The instruction label is attached at the back of the

third row seat-back.

When you tuck away one side of the third row seats

and use the non-recessed part of the cargo area,

make sure to secure the cargo. Loose items can fly

forward and cause injury if you have to brake hard.

Straps

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 173 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

174

Controls

■To return the seat to the upright position:

1. Grab the handle from outside.

Pull up the folded seat and pivot it forward.

2. The front leg automatically latches.

Pull the strap to put the seat-back(s)

upright.

1To return the seat to the upright position:

Make sure the seat is latched before driving.

Handles

Straps

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 174 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

175

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

Controls

Armrest

Pull down the armrest.

Pivot down the armrest all the way, then pull

it up to a desired angle.

Pull down the armrest of the center seat-back.

■Using the Front and Second Row Outer Seat Armrest

Front seat with adjustable armrest

■Using the Second and Third Row Seat Armrest*

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 175 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

176

Controls

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items

Interior Lights

■ON

The interior lights come on regardless of whether

the doors or the tailgate are open or closed.

■Door activated

The interior lights come on in the following situations:

Front:

•

When any of the doors or the tailgate are opened.

•You unlock the driver's door.

•When the power mode is set to VEHICLE

OFF (LOCK)

•

You remove the key from the ignition switch.

Cargo area:

When the tailgate is open.

■OFF

The interior lights remain off regardless of

whether the doors or the tailgate are open or

closed.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Interior Light Switches

1Interior Light Switches

In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out

and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed.

The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following

situations:

•When you unlock the driver's door but do not open it.

•When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK) but do not open a door.

•When you remove the key from the ignition switch

but do not open a door.

You can change the interior light dimming time.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

The interior lights go off immediately in the following

situations:

•When you lock the driver's door.

•When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1.

•When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY mode.

•When you close the driver's door with the key in

the ignition switch.

If you leave any of the doors open without the key in

the ignition switch, the interior lights go off after

about 15 minutes.

If you leave the tailgate open without the ignition

switch in ON (w*1, the cargo area light goes off after

about 30 minutes.

Models with smart entry system

Models without smart entry system

Models with smart entry system

Models without smart entry system

Door

Activated

Position

Off

Models with smart entry system

Models without smart entry system

Door

Activated

Position

Off

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 176 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

177

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights

Controls

■Front

The map lights can be turned on and off by

pressing the lenses.

■Second and third row

The map lights can be turned on and off by

pressing the lenses when the front interior

light switch is in the door activated position.

■Map Lights

1Map Lights

When the front interior light switch is in the door

activated position and any door is open, the map

light will not go off when you press the lens.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 177 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

178

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

Interior Convenience Items

Pull the handle to open the glove box. You

can lock the glove box with the master key or

built-in key*.

Pull up on the lever to open the console

compartment.

■Removing the center console

Pull up the handle on the front lower side and

unlock the console from the floor. Raise it

forward to remove.

■Glove Box

1Glove Box

WARNING

An open glove box can cause serious injury

to your passenger in a crash, even if the

passenger is wearing the seat belt.

Always keep the glove box closed while

driving.

■Removable Center Console*

1Removable Center Console*

When you reinstall the center console, place the rear

side on the floor first, and align the marks on the

sides with the marks on the floor. Push the center

console down and lock it. Make sure it is securely

latched before driving.

Marks

Handle

Lever

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 178 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 179

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

Pull up the ring until it clicks, and lift the tab.

Put a plastic bag in the ring. Push the tab

down to hold the bag.

■Flip-up Trash Bag Ring*

1Flip-up Trash Bag Ring*

The ring is designed to hold light items only. Store the

ring when it is not in use.

Ring

Tab

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 179 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

180

Controls

Press the button to open the center pocket.

■Using the center pocket as a cool box*

While the air conditioner is in use, you can

store items in the center pocket to keep them

cool.

Press the COOL BOX button to cool inside the

center pocket (indicator on).

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Center Pocket

Button

1Using the center pocket as a cool box*

NOTICE

Do not put opened cans, or uncovered containers

with loose ice inside the cool box. Spilled liquids can

damage the upholstery and electrical components in

and around the cool box.

The cool box is not a refrigerator. It only keeps chilled

beverages cool.

The climate control system continues to cool the cool

box when the heater is turned on.

Pressing the COOL BOX button automatically turns

on the air conditioning system.

The cool box automatically turns off if:

•The air conditioning system is turned off.

•You turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 180 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 181

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

■Front panel beverage holder*

Pull the beverage holder arm inside the front

panel tray until the arm contacts the tray

front.

■Removable center console beverage

holders*

■Front seat beverage holders*

■Beverage Holders

1Beverage Holders

NOTICE

Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,

and electrical components in the interior.

Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.

Hot liquid can scald you.

Tray

Holder Arm

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 181 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

182

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

■Second row seat beverage holders*

To use the beverage holder, fold the seat-

back.

2Using the Second and Third Row Seat

Armrest* P. 175

■Third row seat beverage holders

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 182 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 183

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

The accessory power sockets can be used when the ignition switch is in ACCESSORY

(q or ON (w*1.

■Accessory power socket (console panel)

Open the cover to use it.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Accessory Power Sockets

1Accessory Power Sockets

NOTICE

Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter

element.

This can overheat the power socket.

The accessory power socket is designed to supply

power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 120

watts (10 amps) or less.

To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket

with the engine run.

When each socket is being used simultaneously, the

combined power rating of the accessories should not

exceed 120 watts (10 amps).

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 183 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

184

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

■Accessory power socket (cargo area)

Open the cover to use it.

Models with HondaVACTM

Models without

HondaVACTM

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 184 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 185

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

The AC power outlet can be used when the engine is running.

Open the cover to use it. Plug in the appliance

slightly, turn it 90° clockwise, then push it all

the way.

■AC Power Outlet*

1AC Power Outlet*

NOTICE

Do not use the AC power outlet for electric

appliances that require high initial peak wattage,

such as cathode-ray tube type televisions,

refrigerators, electric pumps, etc. It is not suitable for

devices that process precise data, such as medical

equipment, and that require an extermely stable

power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled

electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.

The AC power outlet is designed to supply power for

up to 115 volt appliances that are rated 150 watts or

less.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 185 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

186

Controls

There are coat hooks on the both side of the

grab handle and the window frame. Pull it

down to use it.

Use the cargo hooks to secure luggage in the

cargo area.

■Coat Hooks

1Coat Hooks

The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy

items.

Second row

Third row

■Cargo Hooks

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 186 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 187

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

■Front

Pull out the hook on the instrument panel

from the side.

■Rear

■Grocery Bag Hooks

1Grocery Bag Hooks

The hooks are designed to hold light items. Heavy

objects may damage the hook.

Hook

Hooks

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 187 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

188

Controls

To open the sunglasses holder, push and

release the indent. To close, push it again until

it latches.

You can store eyeglasses and other small

items in this holder.

■Conversation mirror*

The sunglasses holder comes with a mirror.

Open the sunglasses holder fully, then push it

back to the first detent. You can use the

mirror to view the rear seats.

■Sunglasses Holder

1Sunglasses Holder

Keep the holder closed while driving except when

accessing stored items.

Push

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 188 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 189

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

The power mode must be in ON to use the

seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats

faster than the LO setting.

The appropriate indicator will be on while the

seat heater is on. Each time you press the

switch, the mode changes to HI, LO and off.

■Seat Heaters*

1Seat Heaters*

Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the

engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may

be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.

WARNING

Heat induced burns are possible when

using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense

temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,

lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or

with sensitive skin should not use seat

heaters.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 189 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

190

Controls

■Second row sunshades

Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the

way. Use the hooks to hang it.

■Third row sunshades

Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the

way. Attach the tab to the hook.

■Integrated Sunshades*

1Integrated Sunshades*

Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully

closed. Using the shade while a window is open can

unhook and blow off the shade, hitting and hurting

anyone sitting near the window.

Second

Row

Hooks

Tab

Third Row Hook

Tab

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 190 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 191

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

Is an in-car vacuum system for cleaning the inside of your vehicle. The vacuum can

be operated with the engine running or for up to eight minutes without the engine

running.

■HondaVACTM*

1HondaVACTM*

NOTICE

The vacuum is intended for dry use only.

Water and other liquids can damage the vacuum.

WARNING

•Engine exhaust contains toxic carbon

monoxide that builds up rapidly in

enclosed areas.

Breathing it can cause unconsciousness

and even kill you.

If running the engine to power the

vacuum, park the vehicle outdoors and

lower all windows to ensure adequate

ventilation.

•Do not vacuum flammable liquids or in

an area with flammable vapors.

A fire or explosion could result, causing

death or serious injury.

Open the upper lid

and pull out the

hose.

Install a desired attachment.

(Power)

Button

PWR SAVE

Indicator

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 191 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

192

Controls

■To operate:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Set the power mode to ACCESSORY.

2. Start the engine.

3. Press the button to turn on the system.

1To operate:

The vacuum automatically shuts off and the PWR

SAVE indicator comes on if the system detects that

running the vacuum is over discharging the battery.

After seven minutes of operation:

The beeper sounds intermittently.

When eight minutes elapse:

The beeper sounds once and the PWR SAVE

indicator comes on. The vacuum automatically shuts

off.

To continue vacuuming, start the engine.

Operate the engine only when there is sufficient

ventilation.

Without engine running

With engine running

Without engine running

With engine running

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 192 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

193

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Controls

■To empty the canister or change the debris bag

1. Open the lower vacuum lid.

2. Push the lever in.

3. Rotate the canister down, then slide out from the track.

4. Push the three lid tabs outward and remove

the canister lid.

uThe debris bag and canister can be

accessed.

To reinstall the empty canister:

After sliding the canister into the track, push the lever in to lift the canister up.

Release the lever to lock the canister in position.

uThe orange unlocked decal should not be visible.

1To empty the canister or change the debris bag

Both the debris bag and the filter are replaceable.

Contact a dealer for component replacement

information.

The vacuum can be used with or without the bag.

If you find the vacuum performance poor or there is

no suction:

•Check if the canister is locked in position.

•Check if the hose is attached to the vacuum.

•Empty the canister or change the bag.

•Clean or replace the filter.

•Check the hose for clogs or damage.

Lower Vacuum Lid

Lever

Canister

Canister Lid

Three Lid Tabs

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 193 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

194

Controls

Heating and Cooling*

Using Vents, Heating and A/C

MODE Button

Change airflow.

Floor and

defroster

vents

Floor vents

Dashboard

and floor

vents

Dashboard

vents

Fan Control Dial

Adjusts the fan speed.

Button

Turns on the A/C, selects airflow from the dashboard

vents, and switches the mode to recirculation.

A/C Button

Press to cool the interior or

dehumidify while heating.

Windshield Defroster Button

Turns on the A/C, selects airflow from

the defroster vents at the base of the

windshield, and switches the mode to

fresh air.

Temperature Control Dial

Adjusts the interior temperature.

(Recirculation) Button

Press the button and

switch the mode depending on

environmental conditions.

Recirculation Mode (indicator on):

Recirculates air from the vehicle’s

interior through the system.

Fresh Air Mode (indicator off):

Maintains outside ventilation.

Keep the system in fresh air mode

in normal situations.

(On/Off) Button

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 194 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 195

uuHeating and Cooling*uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C

Controls

The heater uses heat from the engine coolant

to warm the air.

1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control

dial.

2. Press the mode button to select .

3. Adjust the temperature using the

temperature control dial.

■To rapidly warm up the interior

1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.

2. Select .

3. Set the temperature to maximum heat.

4. Press the button (indicator on).

■To dehumidify the interior

When used in combination with the heater, the air conditioning system makes the

interior warm and dry and can prevent the windows from fogging up.

1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control dial.

2. Press the A/C button to turn on the air conditioning.

3. Select .

4. Adjust the temperature using the temperature control dial.

■Heating

1Heating

When you select , the mode automatically

switches to fresh air.

1To rapidly warm up the interior

Change to fresh air mode as soon as the interior gets

warm enough. The windows may fog up if kept in

recirculation mode.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 195 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuHeating and Cooling*uUsing Vents, Heating and A/C

196

Controls

1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control

dial.

2. Press the mode button to select .

3. Adjust the temperature using the

temperature control dial.

4. Press the A/C button (indicator on).

■To rapidly cool down the interior

1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.

2. Set the temperature to maximum cool.

3. Press the button (indicator on).

Pressing the button turns the air

conditioning system on and automatically

switches the system to fresh air mode.

■To rapidly defrost the windows

1. Set the fan to the maximum speed.

2. Press the button.

3. Press the button.

4. Set the temperature to maximum heat.

■Cooling

1To rapidly cool down the interior

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down

more rapidly by partially opening the windows.

■Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

For your safety, make sure you have a clear view

through all the windows before driving.

Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower

limit.

When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the

windshield may fog up.

If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that

the air hits the side windows.

1To rapidly defrost the windows

After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air

mode.

If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the

windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes

visibility.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 196 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

197

uuHeating and Cooling*uRear A/C Controls

Controls

Rear A/C Controls

Use the system when the engine is running.

1. Press the button.

2. Adjust the temperature and the fan speed using the appropriate buttons. Select

the airflow to the rear passenger compartment using the mode button.

3. To turn off the rear A/C, press the button again.

Rear ceiling

vents

Rear floor

vents

Rear ceiling vents

and floor vents

Rear Temperature

Control Button

Rear Temperature

Control Button

(Rear On/Off)

Button / (Rear

Fan Control) Buttons

Mode Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 197 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

198

Controls

Climate Control System*

Using Automatic Climate Control

The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.

The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers

the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.

Use the system when the engine is running.

1. Press the AUTO button.

2. Adjust the interior temperature using the temperature control dial.

3. Press the button to cancel.

■Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes

Press the button and switch the mode depending on environmental

conditions.

Recirculation Mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through

the system.

Fresh Air Mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in

fresh air mode in normal situations.

1Using Automatic Climate Control

If any buttons are pressed while using the climate

control system in auto, the function of the button

that was pressed will take priority.

The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions

unrelated to the button that was pressed will be

controlled automatically.

The compressor may turn on to prevent window

fogging, even if the display reads A/C OFF.

To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the

fan may not start immediately when the AUTO

button is pressed.

Once you have set the desired temperature, do not use

the temperature control dials more than necessary.

Doing so may delay the time it takes to reach the set

temperature.

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down

more rapidly by partially opening the windows,

turning the system on auto, and setting the

temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to

recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper

limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.

Pressing the button switches the climate

control system between on and off. When turned on,

the system returns to your last selection.

Dashboard

vents

Dashboard

and floor

vents

Floor ventsFloor and

defroster

vents

AUTO Button

Driver’s Side

Temperature

Control Dial

A/C (Air Conditioning) Button

/ (Fan Control) Buttons

(Recirculation)

Button

(On/Off) Button

SYNC (Synchronized)

Button

Passenger’s Side

Temperature

Control Dial

(Windshield

Defroster) Button

MODE Button

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 198 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

199

uuClimate Control System*uUsing Automatic Climate Control

Controls

Pressing the button turns the air

conditioner system on and automatically

switches the system to fresh air mode.

■To rapidly defrost the windows

1. Press the button.

2. Press the button.

■Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

For your safety, make sure you have a clear view

through all the windows before driving.

Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower

limit.

When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the

windshield may fog up.

If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that

the air hits the side windows.

1To rapidly defrost the windows

After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air

mode.

If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the

windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes

visibility.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 199 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

200

uuClimate Control System*uSynchronized Mode

Controls

Synchronized Mode

You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side, the passenger side

and the rear passenger compartment in synchronized mode.

1. Press the SYNC button.

uThe system switches to synchronized mode.

2. Adjust the temperature using the driver’s side temperature control dial.

Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode.

1Synchronized Mode

When the system is in dual mode, the driver side

temperature, the passenger side temperature and the

rear passenger compartment (if it is on) can be set

separately.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 200 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

201

uuClimate Control System*uRear Climate Control System

Continued

Controls

Rear Climate Control System

Use the system when the engine is running.

1. Press the RR button.

2. Press the RR SETTINGS button.

uThe system switches to the rear control mode for 10 seconds. The REAR

indicator appears on the display.

3. Press the AUTO button.

uThe rear system changes to AUTO mode.

uThe system automatically adjusts the fan speed and airflow levels to maintain

the set rear temperature. Change the temperature if necessary.

uTo turn off the rear climate control system, press the RR SETTINGS button,

then RR button within 10 seconds.

■Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel

1Rear Climate Control System

LOCK appears on the rear control panel while the

rear lock is on.

If the rear lock is on while in SYNC mode, the rear

control panel is disabled. LOCK SYNC appears on the

rear control panel.

1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel

Press the RR LOCK button to turn the rear lock mode

on and off.

While the rear lock mode is on, the rear control panel

is disabled.

uREAR LOCK appears on the display.

RR LOCK Button

RR SETTINGS

Button

RR (On/Off)

Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 201 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuClimate Control System*uRear Climate Control System

202

Controls

Use the system when the engine is running.

1. Press the AUTO button.

2. Adjust the interior temperature using the rear temperature control bar.

3. To turn off the rear climate control system, press button.

■Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel

1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel

When the rear lock mode is off, the temperature of

the rear passenger compartment can be controlled

independently.

Rear ceiling

vents

Rear floor

vents

Rear ceiling vents

and floor vents

(Rear Fan

Control Bar

Rear Temperature

Control Bar

(On/Off) Button

Rear MODE Button

Rear AUTO Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 202 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

203

uuClimate Control System*uAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

Controls

Automatic Climate Control Sensors

The automatic climate control system is

equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill

any liquid on them.

Sensor

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 203 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

204

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 204 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

205

Features

This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System

About Your Audio System................ 206

USB Port .......................................... 207

Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 207

Audio System Theft Protection*....... 208

Region Setting ................................. 209

Audio Remote Controls.................... 210

Audio System Basic Operation ........ 211

Audio/Information Screen ................ 212

Display Setup ................................... 217

Adjusting the Sound ........................ 216

Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 218

Models with one display

Playing a CD .................................... 221

Playing an iPod®............................... 224

Playing Internet Radio ...................... 227

Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 229

Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 232

Audio System Basic Operation ........ 234

Audio with Touch Screen ................. 235

Audio/Information Screen ................ 238

Display Setup ................................... 244

Adjusting the Sound ........................ 243

Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 245

Playing XM® Radio*......................... 249

Models with two displays

Playing a CD .................................... 252

Playing an iPod®.............................. 255

Playing Internet Radio ...................... 259

Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 262

Playing Bluetooth® Audio ................ 265

Audio Error Messages ...................... 267

General Information on the Audio

System ............................................. 272

Rear Entertainment System*........... 276

Customized Features........................ 295

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver*.. 325

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..... 327, 360

Compass*.......................................... 392

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 205 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

206

Features

Audio System

About Your Audio System

On models with navigation system, see the Navigation System Manual for operation

of the audio system, Bluetooth®HandsFreeLink®, and voice commands for these

features.

The audio system features AM/FM radio and XM® Radio Service*. It can also play

audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, iPod®, USB flash drives, and Bluetooth® devices.

You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or

the icons on the touchscreen interface*.

1About Your Audio System

XM® Radio is available on a subscription basis only.

For more information on XM® Radio, contact a

dealer.

2General Information on the Audio System

P. 272

XM® Radio is available in the United States and

Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.

XM® Radio is a registered trademark of Sirius XM

Radio, Inc.

Video CDs, DVDs*, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are

not supported.

iPod® and iPhone® are registered trademarks owned

by Apple Inc.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of

handheld electronic devices while operating a

vehicle.

Remote Control iPod®

USB Flash

Drive

XM® Radio

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 206 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

207

uuAudio SystemuUSB Port

Features

USB Port

Install the iPod® dock connector or the USB

flash drive to the USB port.

Auxiliary Input Jack

Use the jack to connect standard audio devices.

1. Open the AUX cover.

2. Connect a standard audio device to the

input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo

miniplug.

uThe audio system automatically switches

to the AUX mode.

1USB Port

•Do not leave the iPod® or USB flash drive in the

vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may

damage it.

•We recommend using an extension cable with the

USB port.

•Do not connect the iPod® or USB flash drive using a hub.

•Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk

drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.

•We recommend backing up your data before using

the device in your vehicle.

•Displayed messages may vary depending on the

device model and software version.

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod

, try

reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To

reboot, follow the manufacturer's instructions provided

with the iPod

or visit

www.apple.com/ipod

1Auxiliary Input Jack

To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode

buttons. You can return to AUX mode by pressing

the AUX button.

You can return to AUX mode by selecting Change

Source on the Audio menu screen or Audio Source

on the touchscreen.

You cannot use the auxiliary input jack if you replace

the audio system.

Models with one display

Models with two displays

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 207 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

208

uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection*

Features

Audio System Theft Protection*

The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as

when the battery is disconnected or goes dead.

■Reactivating the audio system

1. Set the power mode to ON, and turn on the audio system.

uIf you set the power mode to ACCESSORY, you will be requested to enter the

audio security code. See step 3.

2. Press and hold the power button again for more than two seconds.

uThe audio system is reactivated when the system’s control unit recognizes that

the system is in your vehicle.

If the control unit fails to recognize, Enter PIN Code appears on the audio/

information screen.

3. If the two steps do not work, you can enter the audio security code using the

touch screen. If you enter an incorrect digit, continue to the last digit, then try

again. If you do not enter code correctly after 10 tries, leave the system for one

hour before trying again, or visit a dealer to have the system reset.

1Audio System Theft Protection*

If necessary, you can find out about your serial

number and security code from a dealer.

We recommend that you write down this information

in this owner’s manual for future reference.

You can register the security code at Honda Owners

(owners.honda.com.).

U.S. models

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 208 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

209

uuAudio SystemuRegion Setting

Features

Region Setting

The audio system’s region setting will be lost when the battery is disconnected or

goes dead.

If the Region Select screen appears, you need to set the region for the audio

system. Follow the steps below:

1. Press to select OK.

2. Rotate to select the region you live in, then press .

3. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes,

then press .

Models with two displays

1Region Setting

The region setting is required only when the battery

power is temporarily disconnected. It is set to your

vehicle’s region type by the factory.

You cannot change the setting once you have

completed the setting procedure. Contact a dealer if

you selected an incorrect region.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 209 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

210

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Features

Audio Remote Controls

Allows you to operate the audio system while driving.

MODE Button

Cycles through the audio modes as follows:

FMAMXM*CDUSBiPodBluetooth®

AudioPandora®*AhaTM*AUX

VOL Button

Press : To increase the volume.

Press : To decrease the volume.

CH Button

•When listening to the radio

Press (+: To select the next preset radio station.

Press (-: To select the previous preset radio station.

Press and hold (+: To select the next strong station.

Press and hold (-: To select the previous strong station.

•When listening to a CD, iPod® , USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio

Press (+: To skip to the next song.

Press (-: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.

•When listening to a CD or USB flash drive

Press and hold (+: To skip to the next folder/album.

Press and hold (-: To go back to the previous folder/album.

•When listening to Pandora®*

Press (+: To skip to the next song.

Press and hold (+: To select the next station.

Press and hold (-: To select the previous station.

1Audio Remote Controls

The CD mode appears only when a CD is loaded.

Pandora®, Bluetooth® Audio, and AhaTM appear

when a connection (Bluetooth® or USB) is established

with a device.

MODE Button

(Channel)

Button

VOL

(Volume)

Button

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 210 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

211

Features

Audio System Basic Operation

To use the audio system function, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or

ON (w.

Use the selector knob or MENU button to

access some audio functions.

Press to switch between the normal and

extended display for some functions.

Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll

through the available choices. Press to set

your selection.

MENU button: Press to select any mode.

The available mode includes Change Source,

Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text,

Music Search, and play modes. Play modes

can be also selected from Scan, Random/

Repeat, and so on.

BACK button: Press to go back to the

previous display.

button: Press to change the audio/

information screen brightness.

Press once and make an adjustment.

uEach time you press , the mode

switches between the daytime mode,

nighttime mode and OFF mode.

Models with one display

1Audio System Basic Operation

These indications are used to show how to operate

the selector knob.

Rotate to select.

Press to enter.

Audio Menu Items

2Station List P. 219

2Radio text P. 220

2Music Search P. 222, 225, 230

2Scan P. 223, 231

2Random/Repeat P. 223, 226, 231

Button

BACK Button MENU Button

Selector Knob

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 211 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

212

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

Audio/Information Screen

Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various

setup options.

Press the (display) button to change the display.

■Switching the Display

Audio

Trip Computer

(Current Drive)

Clock/Wallpaper

Trip Computer

(History of Trip A)

Audio/Information Screen

(Display) Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 212 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

213

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Continued

Features

■Audio

Shows the current audio information.

■Trip computer (Current Drive)

Shows the range, and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well

as the average fuel economy from your last trip.

■Trip computer (History of Trip A)

Shows the range, average fuel economy and distance traveled for the current trip,

as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three

driving cycles.

Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The

history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.

■Clock/Wallpaper

Shows a clock screen or an image you import.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 213 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

214

Features

You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.

■Import wallpaper

You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash

drive.

1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB

port.

2USB Port P. 207

2. Press the SETTINGS button.

3. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Clock,

Clock/Wallpaper Type, then

Wallpaper.

4. Rotate to select Add New Wallpaper,

then press .

uThe preview of the imported data is

displayed.

5. Rotate to select a desired picture.

uThe preview is displayed on the left side

on the screen.

6. Press to save the data.

uThe confirmation message will appear.

Then the display will return to the

wallpaper list.

■Wallpaper Setup

1Wallpaper Setup

•When importing wallpaper files, the image must be

in the USB flash drive’s root directory.

Images in a folder cannot be imported.

•The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.

•The file format of the image that can be imported

is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).

•The individual file size limit is 2 MB.

•The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If

the image size is less than 420 × 234 pixels, the

image is displayed in the middle of the screen with

the extra area appearing in black.

•Up to 255 files can be selected.

•If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,

the No files detected message appears.

xxx001.jpg

xxx002.jpg

xxx003.jpg

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 214 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

215

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

■Select wallpaper

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Clock, Clock/Wallpaper Type, then

Wallpaper.

uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.

3. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Rotate to select Set, then press .

■Delete wallpaper

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Clock, Clock/Wallpaper Type, then

Wallpaper.

uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.

3. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Rotate to select Delete, then press .

uThe confirmation message will appear.

5. Rotate to select OK, then press to delete completely.

1Wallpaper Setup

From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview

and press to see a preview at full-size screen.

To go back to the previous screen, press to select

OK, or press the BACK button.

When the file size is large, it takes a while to be

previewed.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 215 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

216

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Features

Adjusting the Sound

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then

press .

3. Rotate to select Sound, then press .

Rotate to scroll through the following

choices:

1Adjusting the Sound

The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.

SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle

speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As

you slow down, audio volume decreases.

SETTINGS Button

Selector Knob

Speed-sensitive

Volume

Compensation

Bass

Treble

Fader

Balance

SVC

Subwoofer

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 216 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

217

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Features

Display Setup

You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Display.

3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press

4. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Other.

3. Rotate to select Background Color,

then press .

4. Rotate to select the setting you want,

then press .

■Changing the Screen Brightness

1Changing the Screen Brightness

You can change the Contrast and Black Level

settings in the same manner.

■Changing the Screen’s Color Theme

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 217 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

218

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Features

Playing AM/FM Radio

Audio/Information Screen

FM/AM Button

Press to select a band.

Preset Buttons (1-6)

To store a station:

Tune to the selected station.

Pick a preset button and hold it until you

hear a beep.

To listen to a stored station, select a band,

then press the preset button.

Seek/Skip Buttons

Press and to search up and

down the selected band for a

station with a strong signal.

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

Selector Knob

Turn to tune the radio frequency.

Press and turn to select an item,

then press to set your selection.

VOL/ (Power/volume)

Knob

Press to turn the audio system

on and off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the

previous display or cancel a

setting.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 218 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 219

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Features

Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

■To find an RDS station from Station List

1. Press while listening to an FM station.

2. Rotate to select the station, then press .

■Manual update

Updates your available station list at any time.

1. Press while listening to an FM station.

2. Rotate to select Refresh, then press .

■Radio Data System (RDS)

1Playing AM/FM Radio

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating

stereo FM broadcasts.

Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.

Switching the Audio Mode

Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.

2Audio Remote Controls P. 210

You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU

button and selecting Change Source on the MENU

screen.

You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into

the preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you

store 6 stations each.

1Radio Data System (RDS)

When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS

automatically turns on, and the frequency display

changes to the station name. However, when the

signals of that station become weak, the display

changes from the station name to the frequency.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 219 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

220

Features

■Radio text

Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .

■Scan

Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .

To turn off scan, press to select Stop, or press the BACK button.

1Radio text

The text indicator comes on when you received a text

message. The indicator stays on until you read the

message.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 220 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

221

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Continued

Features

Playing a CD

Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or

AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes® are playable on this unit.

Audio/Information Screen

CD Button

Press to play a CD.

Seek/Skip Buttons

Press or to change tracks

(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).

Press and hold to move rapidly

within a track/file.

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

Selector Knob

Turn to change tracks/folders.

Press and turn to select an item,

then press to set your selection.

VOL/ (Power/volume) Knob

Press to turn the audio system on and off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the

previous display or cancel a

setting.

CD Slot

Insert a CD about halfway into the

CD slot.

(CD Eject) Button

Press to eject a CD.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 221 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

222

Features

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate to select a folder.

4. Press to change the display to a list of

files in that folder.

5. Rotate to select a file, then press .

■How to Select a File from the Music Search List

(MP3/WMA/AAC)

1Playing a CD

NOTICE

Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can

cause the CD to jam in the unit.

WMA files protected by digital rights management

(DRM) cannot be played.

The audio system displays Unplayable File, then

skips to the next file.

Text data appears on the display under the following

circumstances:

•When you select a new folder, file, or track.

•When you change the audio mode to CD.

•When you insert a CD.

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,

the system reloads the CD automatically after several

seconds.

File Selection

Folder Selection

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 222 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

223

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Features

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/

Repeat, then press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

■To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

■How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items

Scan

Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides 10-second

sampling of the first file in each of the main folders.

Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all

tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,

WMA, or AAC).

Random/Repeat

Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in

the current folder.

Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.

Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files

in the current folder in random order.

Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random

order.

Random/Repeat

selected.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 223 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

224

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®

Features

Playing an iPod®

Connect the iPod® using your dock connector to the USB Port, then press the AUX

button.

2USB Port P. 207

Audio/Information Screen

AUX Button

Press to select iPod® (if connected).

Seek/Skip Buttons

Press or to change songs.

Press and hold to move rapidly

within a song.

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

Selector Knob

Turn to change songs.

Press and turn to select an item,

then press to set your selection.

VOL/ (Power/volume) Knob

Press to turn the audio system on and

off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous

display or cancel a setting.

Album Art

USB Indicator

Appears when an iPod® is

connected.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 224 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 225

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®

Features

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate to select a menu.

4. Press to display the items on that menu.

5. Rotate to select an item, then press .

■How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

1Playing an iPod®

Available operating functions vary on models or

versions. Some functions may not be available on the

vehicle's audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 268

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 225 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic Operationu

226

Features

You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then

press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

■To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

■How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items

Repeat Song: Repeats the current file.

Shuffle Album: Plays all available albums in a

selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,

or composers) in random order.

Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a

selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,

or composers) in random order.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 226 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

227

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

Continued

Features

Playing Internet Radio

Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.

You can also connect the phone using your dock connector to the USB port.

Press the AUX button to select Pandora mode.

U.S. models

Compatible phones only

1Playing Internet Radio

Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade

dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of

Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora

is currently available exclusively in the United States.

iPhone

Audio/Information Screen

AUX Button

Press to select Pandora®.

Skip Button

Press to skip a song.

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

Selector Knob

Turn to switch to another station.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob

Press to turn the audio system on and off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous display.

Album Art

USB Indicator

Appears when a phone is

connected.

Rating Icon

Preset Button (1)

Press to switch the mode between

pause and resume.

Preset Button (2)

Press to select Like.

Preset Button (3)

Press to select Dislike.

Preset Button (4)

Press to select Bookmark Track.

Preset Button (5)

Press to select Bookmark Artist.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 227 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

228

Features

You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio

system. The available items are:

•Like

•Dislike

•Station List

•Change Source

•Bookmark Track

•Bookmark Artist

•Play/Pause

■Operating a menu item

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select an item, then press .

■Pandora® Menu

1Playing Internet Radio

To find out if your phone is compatible with this

feature, visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call

1-888-528-7876.

Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that

selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user

enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.

To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app

must first be installed on your phone. Visit

www.pandora.com. for more information.

If you cannot operate Pandora

through the audio system,

it may be streaming through

Bluetooth

Audio. Make sure

Pandora

mode on your audio system is selected.

1Pandora® Menu

Available operating functions vary on software

versions. Some functions may not be available on the

vehicle's audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2Pandora® P. 269

There are restrictions on the number of songs you

can skip or dislike in a given hour.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 228 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

229

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Continued

Features

Playing a USB Flash Drive

Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,

WMA or AAC*1 format.

Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then press the AUX button.

2USB Port P. 207

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes® are playable on this unit.

Audio/Information Screen

AUX Button

Press to select USB flash drive

(if connected).

Seek/Skip Buttons

Press or to change files.

Press and hold to move rapidly

within a file.

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

Selector Knob

Turn to change folders.

Press and turn to select an item,

then press to set your selection.

VOL/ (Power/volume) Knob

Press to turn the audio system on and off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the

previous display.

USB Indicator

Appears when a USB flash drive is

connected.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 229 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

230

Features

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate to select a folder.

4. Press to change the display to a list of

files in that folder.

5. Rotate to select a file, then press .

■How to Select a File from the Music Search List

1Playing a USB Flash Drive

Use the recommended USB flash drives.

2General Information on the Audio System

P. 272

Files in WMA format protected by digital rights

management (DRM) cannot be played.

The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then

skips to the next file.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 268

File Selection

Folder Selection

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 230 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

231

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Features

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/

Repeat, then press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

■To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

■How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items

Scan

Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the

first file in each of the main folders.

Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files

in the current folder.

Random/Repeat

Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.

Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.

Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder

in random order.

Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.

Random/Repeat

selected.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 231 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

232

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Features

Playing Bluetooth® Audio

Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth®-compatible

phone.

This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle's

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.

2Phone Setup P. 334

1Playing Bluetooth® Audio

Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming

audio capabilities are compatible with the system.

For a list of compatible phones:

•U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call

1-888-528-7876.

•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-

528-7876.

In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data

device functions while driving.

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,

there will be a delay before the system begins to play.

MENU Button

Press to display

the menu

items.

AUX Button

Press to select

Bluetooth®

Audio.

Skip Buttons

Press or

to change

files.

Bluetooth Indicator

Appears when your

phone is connected

to HFL.

VOL/

(Power/volume)

Knob

Press to turn the

audio system on

and off.

Turn to adjust the

volume.

Audio/

Information

Screen

Preset Button (1)

Press to resume

playing a file.

Preset Button (2)

Press to pause a

playing file.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 232 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

233

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Features

1. Make sure that your phone is paired and

connected to HFL.

2. Press the AUX button.

If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-

compatible phone, which is not compatible

for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be

connected.

■To pause or resume a file

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press .

■To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your

phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating

instructions.

The pause function may not be available on some

phones.

If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input

jack, you may need to press the AUX button

repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio system.

Switching to another mode pauses the music playing

from your phone.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 233 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

234

Features

Audio System Basic Operation

To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.

Use the interface dial or MENU button to

access some audio functions.

Press to switch between the normal and

extended display for some functions.

Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll

through the available choices. Press to set

your selection. Move right, left, up or down to

select secondary menu.

MENU button: Press to select any mode. The

available mode includes Change Source,

Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text,

Music Search, and play modes. Play modes

can be also selected from Scan, Random/

Repeat, and so on.

BACK button: Press to go back to the

previous display.

button: Press to change the audio/

information screen brightness.

Press once and make an adjustment.

uEach time you press , the mode

switches between the daytime mode,

nighttime mode and off mode.

Models with two displays

1Audio System Basic Operation

These indications are used to show how to operate

the interface dial.

Rotate to select.

Press to enter.

Move , , or to select secondary menu.

Audio Menu Items

2Station List P. 247

2Save Preset P. 246, 251

2Radio Text P. 248

2Music Search P. 253, 257, 263

2Scan P. 254, 264

2Random/Repeat P. 254, 258, 264

Interface Dial

BACK Button

Button

MENU Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 234 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

235

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio with Touch Screen

Continued

Features

Audio with Touch Screen

Use the touch screen to operate the audio system.

Select Audio Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio

source.

Select More to display the menu items.

■Selecting an Audio Source

1Audio with Touch Screen

Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source

selected.

Select to go back to the previous screen.

Use the / / / icons to turn the page.

■Displaying the Menu Items

Select Audio Source.

Source List Icons

Select More.Menu Items

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 235 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio with Touch Screen

236

Features

You can store up to six radio stations when playing AM, FM, or XM® radio*.

To preset a station:

1. Tune to a radio station.

2Playing AM/FM Radio P. 245

2Playing XM® Radio* P. 249

2. Select Shortcuts.

3. Select Edit or No Entry.

uIf you select No Entry, go to step 5.

4. Select Add.

5. Select the preset icon you want to store the

station to.

To play a preset station:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select a preset icon.

To delete a preset station:

1. Select Shortcuts.

2. Select Edit.

3. Select Delete.

4. Select the preset icon with the radio station

you want to delete.

■Shortcuts

1Shortcuts

The preset memory is cleared when it is disconnected

from the power source, such as when the battery is

disconnected or goes dead.

You can also preset a station by pressing and holding

the preset icon you want to store that station after

step 2.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 236 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

237

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio with Touch Screen

Features

1. Select More, then Sound Settings.

2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the

setting.

■Adjusting the Sound

1Adjusting the Sound

Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting.

2Adjusting the Sound P. 243

Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch

the point where your desired setting is.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 237 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

238

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

Audio/Information Screen

Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various

setup options.

Press the (display) button to change the display.

■Switching the Display

1Switching the Display

Press the PHONE, INFO, FRONT AUDIO and REAR

AUDIO buttons to go to the corresponding display.

Press the PHONE, INFO and AUDIO buttons to go to

the corresponding display.

Models with rear entertainment system

Models without rear entertainment system

AudioInfoPhone

FRONT AUDIO Button*

PHONE Button

INFO Button

PHONE

Button

INFO

Button

FRONT

AUDIO

Button

PHONE

Button

INFO

Button

AUDIO

Button

REAR

AUDIO

Button

REAR AUDIO Button*

Models without rear

entertainment system

Models with rear

entertainment system

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 238 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

239

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Continued

Features

■Phone

Shows the HFL information. 2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 360

■Audio

Shows the current audio information.

■Front audio

Shows the current audio information selected in the front panel.

■Rear audio

Shows the current audio information selected in the rear panel.

Models without rear entertainment system

Models with rear entertainment system

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 239 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

240

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

■Info

Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate

to select an item, then press .

■Trip computer (Current Drive)

Shows the range, and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well

as the average fuel economy from your last trip.

■Trip computer (History of Trip A)

Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip,

as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three

driving cycles.

Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The

history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.

■Deleting the history manually

1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press .

2. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes,

then press .

■Clock/Wallpaper

Shows a clock screen or an image you import.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 240 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 241

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Features

You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.

■Import wallpaper

You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash

drive.

1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB

port.

2USB Port P. 207

2. Press the SETTINGS button.

3. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Clock,

Clock/Wallpaper Type.

4. Move to select Wallpaper.

uThe screen will change to the wallpaper

list.

5. Move to select Add New, then press .

6. Rotate to select a desired picture.

uThe preview is displayed on the left side

on the screen.

7. Press , then move to select Start

Import.

uThe confirmation message will appear.

Then the display will return to the

wallpaper list.

■Wallpaper Setup

1Wallpaper Setup

•When importing wallpaper files, the image must be

in the USB flash drive’s root directory.

Images in a folder cannot be imported.

•The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.

•The file format of the image that can be imported

is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).

•The individual file size limit is 6 MB.

•The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If

the image size is less than 420 × 234 pixels, the

image is displayed in the middle of the screen with

the extra area appearing in black.

•Up to 255 files can be selected.

•If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,

the No files detected message appears.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 241 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

242

Features

■Select wallpaper

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.

3. Move to select Wallpaper.

uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.

4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper.

uThe preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.

5. Press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

6. Rotate to select Set, then press .

uThe display will return to the wallpaper list.

■Delete wallpaper

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.

3. Move to select Wallpaper.

uThe screen changes to the wallpaper list.

4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .

uThe preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.

5. Press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

6. Rotate to select Delete, then press .

uThe confirmation message will appear.

7. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely.

uThe display will return to the wallpaper list.

1Wallpaper Setup

From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview

and press to see a preview at full-size screen.

To go back to the previous screen, press to select

OK, or press the BACK button.

When the file size is large, it takes a while to be

previewed.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 242 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

243

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Features

Adjusting the Sound

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then

press .

3. Rotate to select Sound, then press .

Rotate to scroll through the following

choices:

1Adjusting the Sound

The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.

SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle

speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As

you slow down, audio volume decreases.

2Adjusting the Sound P. 237

Audio with touch screen

SETTINGS Button

Speed-sensitive

Volume

Compensation

Bass

Treble

Fader

Balance

SVC

Subwoofer

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 243 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

244

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Features

Display Setup

You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press

4. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Rotate to select Background Color,

then press .

4. Rotate to select the setting you want,

then press .

■Changing the Screen Brightness

1Changing the Screen Brightness

You can change the Contrast and Black Level

settings in the same manner.

■Changing the Screen’s Color Theme

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 244 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

245

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Continued

Features

Playing AM/FM Radio

Audio/Information Screen

Audio with Touch Screen

Tune Up/Down Icons

Select or to tune the radio

frequency.

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob

Press to turn the audio system on

and off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

Audio Source

Select to change a band or change

an audio source.

To listen to a stored channel,

select 1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).

Presets

Select to store a station.

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or to search up and

down the selected band for a

station with a strong signal.

Select to display the menu items.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous

display.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select preset radio stations.

Move up, down, right and left to select

secondary menu.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 245 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

246

Features

To store a station:

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press .

4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press

You can also store that station by the following procedure.

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station.

3. Press and hold for a few seconds.

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Select More.

3. Select Save Preset.

4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.

You can also store that station by the following procedure.

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Change the display to the preset screen.

3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.

■Preset Memory

1Playing AM/FM Radio

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating

stereo FM broadcasts.

Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.

Switching the Audio Mode

Press the MODE button on the steering wheel.

2Audio Remote Controls P. 210

You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU

button and selecting Change Source on the Audio

menu screen.

You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into

the preset memory.

Interface Dial

Audio with Touch Screen

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 246 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

247

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Continued

Features

Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

■To find an RDS station from Station List

1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station.

2. Rotate to select Station List, then press .

3. Rotate to select the station, then press .

■Manual update

Updates your available station list at any time.

1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station.

2. Rotate to select Station List, then press .

3. Rotate to select Refresh, then press .

■Radio Data System (RDS)

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 247 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

248

Features

■Radio text

Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .

■Scan

Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .

To turn off scan, press to select Cancel Scan, or press the BACK button.

1. Select More.

2. Select Scan.

To turn off scan, select Cancel Scan.

1Radio text

The text indicator comes on when you received a text

message. The indicator stays on until you read the

message.

Interface Dial

Audio with Touch Screen

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 248 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

249

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying XM® Radio*

Continued

Features

Playing XM® Radio*

Audio/Information Screen

Audio with Touch Screen

Category Up/Down Icons

Select or to display and select

an XM® Radio category.

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob

Press to turn the audio system on

and off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

Audio Source

Select to change an audio source.

To listen to a stored channel,

select 1-12.

Presets

Select to store a station.

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or to the previous

or next channel.

In channel mode, select and hold to

change the channel rapidly.

Select to display the menu items.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous

display.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select preset radio stations.

Move up, down, right and left to select

secondary menu.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 249 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying XM® Radio*

250

Features

1. Select the XM® mode.

2Audio Remote Controls P. 210

2Audio with Touch Screen P. 235

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Channel List, then press .

4. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .

2. Select a channel using the , , , icons on the tune mode screen or the

preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.

To change the tune mode:

1. Select the XM® mode.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select XM Tune Mode, then press .

4. Rotate to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press .

2. Select More.

3. Select XM Tune Mode.

4. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.

■To Play the XM® Radio

1Playing XM® Radio*

In the channel mode, all available channels are

selectable. In the category mode, you can select a

channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).

There may be instances when XM® Radio does not

broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This

does not indicate a problem with your audio system.

Interface Dial

Audio with Touch Screen

Interface Dial

Audio with Touch Screen

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 250 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

251

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying XM® Radio*

Features

To store a station:

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press .

4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press

You can also store that station by the following procedure.

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station.

3. Press and hold for a few seconds.

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Select More.

3. Select Save Preset.

4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.

You can also store that station by the following procedure.

1. Tune to the selected station.

2. Change the display to the preset screen.

3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.

■Preset Memory

1Playing XM® Radio*

You can store 12 XM® stations into the preset

memory.

Interface Dial

Audio with Touch Screen

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 251 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

252

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Features

Playing a CD

Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or

AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes® are playable on this unit.

Audio/Information Screen

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

CD Slot

Insert a CD about halfway into the

CD slot.

(CD Eject) Button

Press to eject a CD.

Folder Up/Down Icons

Select to skip to the next folder,

and to skip to the beginning of

the previous folder in MP3, WMA,

or AAC.

Audio Source

Select to change an audio source.

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or to change tracks

(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).

Select and hold to move rapidly

within a track/file.

Select to display the menu items.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous display.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select an item,

then press to set your selection.

Move up, down, right and left to

select secondary menu.

Audio with Touch Screen

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob

Press to turn the audio system on

and off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 252 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 253

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Features

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a file from the Music Search list.

You can also select a file by the following

procedure.

1. Rotate or press to display the song

list.

2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a file from the list.

■How to Select a File from the Music Search List

(MP3/WMA/AAC)

1Playing a CD

NOTICE

Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can

cause the CD to jam in the unit.

WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights

management (DRM) cannot be played.

The audio system displays Unplayable File, then

skips to the next file.

Text data appears on the display under the following

circumstances:

•When you select a new folder, file, or track.

•When you change the audio mode to CD.

•When you insert a CD.

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,

the system reloads the CD automatically after several

seconds.

Folder Selection

File Selection

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 253 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

254

Features

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/

Repeat, then press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select More.

2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat.

3. Select a mode.

■To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select More.

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

■How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items

Scan

Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides 10-second

sampling of the first file in each of the main folders.

Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all

tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,

WMA, or AAC).

Random/Repeat

Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in

the current folder.

Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.

Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files

in the current folder in random order.

Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random

order.

Random/Repeat

is selected.

Interface Dial

Random/Repeat

is selected.

Audio with Touch Screen

Interface Dial

Audio with Touch Screen

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 254 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

255

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®

Continued

Features

Playing an iPod®

Connect the iPod® using your dock connector to the USB port, then select the iPod

mode.

2USB Port P. 207

Audio/Information Screen

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

Album Bar

Select to search for an album.

Audio Source

Select to change an audio source.

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or to change songs.

Select and hold to move rapidly

within a song.

Select to display the menu items.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob

Press to turn the audio system on

and off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous display.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select an item,

then press to set your selection.

Move up, down, right and left to

select secondary menu.

USB Indicator

Appears when an iPod® is connected.

Album Art

Audio with Touch Screen

Album Art Icon

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 255 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®

256

Features

You can select albums in the category you selected by the Music Search list.

1. Select the album bar.

uThe image of the current album is displayed.

2. Select or icon to search for an album.

uWhen the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play.

■How to Select an Album

1How to Select an Album

This function may not be available depending on

models or versions.

Select to go back to the previous screen.

Select an album

image.

Select the

album bar.

Album Bar Album Image

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 256 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 257

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®

Features

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a song from the Music Search list.

You can also select a song by the following

procedure.

1. Rotate or press to display the song

list.

2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a song from the list.

■How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

Available operating functions vary on models or

versions. Some functions may not be available on the

vehicle’s audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 268

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 257 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®

258

Features

You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then

press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select More.

2. Select Shuffle/Repeat.

3. Select a mode.

■To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select More.

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

■How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items

Repeat Song: Repeats the current track.

Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a

selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,

or composers) in random order.

Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a

selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,

or composers) in random order.

Interface Dial

Audio with Touch Screen

Interface Dial

Audio with Touch Screen

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 258 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

259

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

Continued

Features

Playing Internet Radio

Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.

You can also connect the phone using your dock connector to the USB port.

Select Audio Source to select Pandora or Aha mode.

Compatible phones only

1Playing Internet Radio

Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade

dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of

Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora

is currently available exclusively in the United States.

iPhone®

Audio/Information Screen

Album Art

USB Indicator

Appears when a phone is

connected.

Rating Icon

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous display.

Skip Icon

Select to skip a song.

Select to display the menu items.

Station Up/Down Icons

Select to change a station.

Audio Source

Select Pandora® or AhaTM.

Play/Pause Icon

Select to resume or play a song.

Like/Dislike Icons

Select to evaluate a song.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob

Press to turn the audio system on

and off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select an item, then press

to set your selection. Move up, down, right

and left to select secondary menu.

Audio with Touch Screen

Bluetooth® Indicator

Appears when your phone is

connected to HFL.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 259 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

260

Features

You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio

system. The available items are:

■Operating a menu item

The menu items are shown in the lower half of

the audio/information screen.

Rotate to select an item and press .

To select Change Source, press the MENU

button, then press .

■Pandora® Menu*

•Skip Forward •Dislike

•Play/Pause •Bookmark Track

•Station List •Bookmark Artist

•Like •Change Source

1Playing Internet Radio

To find out if your phone is compatible with this

feature, visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call

1-888-528-7876.

Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that

selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user

enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.

To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app

must first be installed on your phone. Visit

www.pandora.com. for more information.

If you cannot operate Pandora

through the audio system,

it may be streaming through

Bluetooth

Audio. Make sure

Pandora

mode on your audio system is selected.

1Pandora® Menu*

Available operating functions vary on software

versions. Some functions may not be available on the

vehicle’s audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2Pandora® P. 269

There are restrictions on the number of songs you

can skip or dislike in a given hour.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 260 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

261

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

Features

You can operate some of the AhaTM menu items from your vehicle’s audio system.

The available items are:

■Operating a menu item

The menu items are shown in the lower half of

the audio/information screen.

Rotate to select an item and press .

To select Change Source or Stations, press

the MENU button, then press .

■AhaTM Radio Menu

•Like •View text

•Dislike •View list

•Play/Pause •Reply

•15sec Back •Change Source

•30sec Skip •Stations

1AhaTM Radio Menu

AhaTM by Harman is a cloud-based service that

organizes your favorite web content into live radio

stations. You can access podcasts, internet radio,

location-based services, and audio updates from

social media sites.

Available operating functions vary on software

versions. Some functions may not be available on the

vehicle’s audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2AhaTM Radio* P. 271

The menu items vary depending on the station you

selected.

To use this service in your vehicle, the HondaLink app

must be installed on your phone. Visit

owners.honda.com/apps for more information.

You must have a previously set up Aha account prior

to using the service in your vehicle. Visit

www.aharadio.com for more information.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 261 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

262

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Features

Playing a USB Flash Drive

Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,

WMA, or AAC*1 format.

Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.

2USB Port P. 207

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes® are playable on this unit.

Audio/Information Screen

BACK Button

Press to go back to the previous display.

Select to display the menu items.

Audio Source

Select to change an audio source.

USB Indicator

Appears when a USB flash drive

is connected.

Folder Up/Down Icons

Select to skip to the next folder,

and to skip to the beginning of

the previous folder.

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or to change files.

Select and hold to move rapidly

within a file.

VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob

Press to turn the audio system on

and off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

Press and turn to select an item, then press

to set your selection. Move up, down, right

and left to select secondary menu.

MENU Button

Press to display the menu items.

Audio with Touch Screen

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 262 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 263

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Features

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a file from the Music Search list.

You can also select a file by the following

procedure.

1. Rotate or press to display the song

list.

2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a file from the list.

■How to Select a File from the Music Search List

1Playing a USB Flash Drive

Use the recommended USB flash drives.

2General Information on the Audio System

P. 272

Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights

management (DRM) cannot be played.

The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then

skips to the next file.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message

on the audio/information screen.

2iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 268

Folder Selection

File Selection

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 263 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

264

Features

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/

Repeat, then press .

3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select More.

2. Select Random/Repeat.

3. Select a mode.

■To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select More.

2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

■How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items

Scan

Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the

first file in each of the main folders.

Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files

in the current folder.

Random/Repeat

Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.

Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.

Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder

in random order.

Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.

Random/Repeat

is selected.

Interface Dial

Random/Repeat

is selected.

Audio with Touch Screen

Interface Dial

Audio with Touch Screen

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 264 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

265

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Continued

Features

Playing Bluetooth® Audio

Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth®-compatible

phone.

This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.

2Phone Setup P. 366

1Playing Bluetooth® Audio

Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming

audio capabilities are compatible with the system.

For a list of compatible phones:

•U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call

1-888-528-7876.

•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-

528-7876.

In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data

device functions while driving.

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,

there will be a delay before the system begins to play.

Bluetooth® Indicator

Appears when your

phone is connected

to HFL.

Play Icon

Pause Icon

Select to display

the menu items.

Audio Source

Select to change

an audio source.

VOL/ (Volume/

Power) Knob

Press to turn the

audio system on

and off.

Turn to adjust the

volume.

Interface Dial/

ENTER Button

Press and turn to

select an item, then

press to set your

selection. Move up,

down, right and

left to select

secondary menu.

Skip/Seek Icons

Select or

to change files.

MENU Button

Press to display

the menu items.

Folder Up/Down

Icons

Select or to

change folders.

Audio with Touch

Screen

Audio/Information

Screen

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 265 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

266

Features

1. Make sure that your phone is paired and

connected to HFL.

2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.

If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-

compatible phone, which is not compatible

for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be

connected.

■To pause or resume a file

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press .

Select the play icon or pause icon.

■To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your

phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating

instructions.

The pause function may not be available on some

phones.

Switching to another mode pauses the music playing

from your phone. This function may not be available

on some phones.

Interface Dial

Audio with Touch Screen

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 266 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

267

Features

Audio Error Messages

CD Player

If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.

Error Message Cause Solution

Unplayable File Track/file format not supported ●Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file

plays automatically.

Bad Disc

Please Check Owner’s

Manual

Push Eject Mechanical error

●Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the

error message is cleared.

●Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the

disc again.

2Protecting CDs P. 274

●If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out

the disc.

●Insert a different disc.

If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.

●If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,

contact a dealer.

Do not try to force the disc out of the player.

Mecha Error

Bad Disc

Please Check Owner’s

Manual

Servo error

Check Disc Disc error ●Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.

2Protecting CDs P. 274

Heat Error High temperature ●Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until

the error message is cleared.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 267 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

268

uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod®/USB Flash Drive

Features

iPod®/USB Flash Drive

If an error occurs while playing an iPod® or USB flash drive, you may see the

following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message Solution

USB Error Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the

audio system.

Incompatible USB Device

Please Check Owner’s

Manual

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system

off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.

Unsupported Version Appears when an unsupported iPod® is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod® is connected,

update the iPod® software to the newer version.

Connect Retry Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod®. Reconnect the iPod®.

Unplayable File Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message

appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.

No Data

Appears when the iPod® is empty.

Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash

drive.

Check that compatible files are stored on the device.

Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is

connected, reconnect the device.

iPod®

USB flash drive

iPod® and USB flash drive

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 268 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

269

uuAudio Error Messages uPandora®

Continued

Features

Pandora®

If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.

If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message Solution

Incompatible USB Device

Please Check Owner’s Manual

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect

the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do

not reconnect the device that caused the error.

There is no station list in the device.

Please add the station list to your device.

No stations have been created.

Please create a station on the device.

Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device

to create a station.

Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may

skip each hour.

Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the

predetermined number of times in an hour.

U.S. models

Audio/Information Screen

Audio with Touch Screen

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 269 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

270

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®

Features

Error Message Solution

Unable to save rating.

Unable to save bookmark

Unable to skip

Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later.

No data Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.

Reboot the app and reconnect the device.

PANDORA Unsupported Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update

Pandora® to the latest version.

PANDORA system maintenance Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again

later.

Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, make sure

PANDORA is running on the phone.

For iPhone, set connection priority to USB and reconnect.

Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your

device.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 270 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

271

uuAudio Error MessagesuAhaTM Radio*

Features

AhaTM Radio*

If an error occurs while playing AhaTM Radio, you may see the following error

messages.

If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message Solution

Cannot connect to aha. When stopped, make sure aha is

running on the phone.

For iPhone, set connection priority to USB and reconnect.

Appears when the AhaTM app is not activated. Check your device.

Incompatible USB Device

Please Check Owner’s Manual

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect

the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it on again.

Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 271 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

272

Features

General Information on the Audio System

XM® Radio Service*

1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription.

To see the ID on the display: Turn the selector knob until 0 appears.

2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the XM®

website to subscribe.

Switch to the XM mode by using the MODE button on the steering wheel, or

through the audio with touch screen, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes

until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good

reception.

Loading:

XM® is loading the audio or program information.

Ch off air:

The channel is not currently broadcasting.

Ch unauthorized:

XM® radio is receiving information update from the network.

No signal:

The signal is too weak in the current location.

Ch unavailable:

No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or

title information is unavailable.

Check antenna:

There is a problem with the XM® antenna. Contact a dealer.

■Subscribing to XM® Radio

■Receiving XM® Radio

■XM® Radio Display Messages

1Subscribing to XM® Radio

Contact Information for XM

Radio:

US: XM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or (800) 852-

9696

Canada: XM® Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or (877)

209-0079

1Receiving XM® Radio

The XM

satellites are in orbit over the equator,

therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause

satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are

more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and

mountains the farther north you travel from the

equator.

You may experience reception problems under the

following circumstances:

•In a location with an obstruction to the south of

your vehicle.

•In tunnels

•On the lower level of a multi-tiered road

•Large items carried on the roof rack

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 272 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

273

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

Continued

Features

Recommended CDs

•Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.

•Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.

•Play only standard round-shaped CDs.

•Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.

•Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.

1Recommended CDs

A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded

under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not

play either.

■CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files

The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 273 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

274

Features

■Protecting CDs

Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:

•Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.

•When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.

•Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.

•Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.

•Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.

•Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.

•Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.

1Protecting CDs

NOTICE

Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside

and damage the audio unit.

Examples:

●Damaged CDs

Bubbled/

Wrinkled

With Label/

Sticker

Using

Printer Label

Kit

Sealed With Plastic Ring

●Poor quality

CDs

Chipped/

Cracked

Warped Burrs

●Small CDs

3-inch

(8-cm)

●Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and

excessively thick CDs

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 274 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

275

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod® and USB Flash Drives

Features

Compatible iPod® and USB Flash Drives

•Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher.

•Some digital audio players may not be compatible.

•Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.

•Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.

•Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

■iPod® Model Compatibility

Model

iPod ® (5th generation)

iPod classic ® 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)

iPod classic ® 120G (launch in 2008)

iPod classic ® 160G (launch in 2009)

iPod nano ® (1st to 6th generation) launch in 2010

iPod touch ® (1st to 4th generation) launch in 2010

iPhone ® 3G/iPhone ® 3GS/iPhone ® 4/iPhone ® 4S

■USB Flash Drives

1iPod® Model Compatibility

This system may not work with all software versions

of these devices.

1USB Flash Drives

Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored

order. This order may be different from the order

displayed on your PC or device.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 275 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

276

Features

Rear Entertainment System*

See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate the rear entertainment

system.

Allows the rear passengers to enjoy a different entertainment source, such as DVD,

CD, and radio, than the front passengers.

The rear seat passengers can listen to audio from the rear entertainment system by

a wireless headphone that comes with your vehicle.

To turn on the switch: Pivot the left

earpiece outward.

To adjust the volume: Turn the dial at the

bottom of the right earpiece.

■Wireless Headphones

1Rear Entertainment System*

The system also allows for auxiliary inputs from

standard video games. The jacks are above the third

row seat armrest on the driver’s side.

V = Video jack

L = Left audio jack

R = Right audio jack

Auxiliary Input Jacks

Models with navigation system

Models without navigation system

1Wireless Headphones

Your vehicle comes with two wireless headphones.

Wear the headphone correctly with the earpiece

marked with L goes to your left ear and R goes to

your right ear.

Wearing the headphone backward may affect the

audio reception.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 276 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 277

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

Features

Pull down the screen to the first or second

detent until it latches.

Operating the System

To operate the system, set the power mode to ON or ACCESSORY. Press the REAR

(power) button to turn on the system.

■REAR AUDIO button on the front panel

When you press the REAR AUDIO button, the

front display changes to what is displayed on

the rear overhead screen.

The audio from the front speakers switches to

the audio played in the rear.

■Overhead Screen

1Overhead Screen

You can use the rear control panel as a remote. Press

the lock tab to detach it.

Overhead

Screen

REAR Button

REAR AUDIO Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 277 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

278

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

Features

■System Controls and Menus for DVD

Remote with XM button

(Power) Button

Press to turn on the system.

DVD/AUX Button

Press to watch a DVD.

(Light) Button

Press to illuminate

the buttons and

bars for a few

seconds.

SKIP Bar

Press or to

change chapters.

(Play/Pause) Button

Press to pause or play a DVD.

TITLE/SCROLL Button

Press to display the status of the

DVD that is currently playing.

MENU Button

The following options appear when you

play a DVD and press the MENU button:

Top Menu

Play Mode Audio

Subtitle

Angle

Search/NumInput Title

Chapter

NumInput

Repeat

Pause/Play

Stop

Return

SETUP Button

The following options appear when you

play a DVD and press the SETUP button:

Disp Adjust

( P. 286)

Brightness

Contrast

Black Level

Color

CANCEL Button

Press to go back to

the previous display

or operation.

3, 4, , and ENTER Buttons

Use 3, 4, , or to highlight a

menu item, and press the

ENTER Button to make a

selection.

Tint

Normal

Wide

Zoom

Full

Aspect Ratio

( P. 286)

Personal Surround ( P. 286)

Language ( P. 287)

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 278 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

279

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

Continued

Features

Remote without XM button

(Power) Button

Press to turn on the system.

DVD Button

Press to watch a DVD.

(Light) Button

Press to illuminate

the buttons and

bars for a few

seconds.

SKIP Bar

Press or to

change chapters.

(Play/Pause) Button

Press to pause or play a DVD.

TITLE/SCROLL Button

Press to display the status of the

DVD that is currently playing.

MENU Button

The following options appear when you

play a DVD and press the MENU button:

Top Menu

Play Mode Audio

Subtitle

Angle

Search/NumInput Title

Chapter

NumInput

Repeat

Pause/Play

Stop

Return

SETUP Button

The following options appear when you

play a DVD and press the SETUP button:

Disp Adjust

( P. 286)

Brightness

Contrast

Black Level

Color

CANCEL Button

Press to go back to

the previous display

or operation.

3, 4, , and ENTER Buttons

Use 3, 4, , or to highlight a

menu item, and press the

ENTER Button to make a

selection.

Tint

Normal

Wide

Zoom

Full

Aspect Ratio

( P. 286)

Personal Surround ( P. 286)

Language ( P. 287)

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 279 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

280

Features

■Playing a DVD

•Insert a DVD into the lower slot of the front audio unit.

uThe system automatically starts the DVD.

•To fast forward, press and hold the (SEEK/SKIP) bar, and to reverse, press and

hold the bar on the front panel or the remote.

•To go to the next chapter, press the bar, and to go to the beginning of the

current chapter, press the bar on the front panel or the remote. Quickly press

the bar twice to go to the previous chapter.

■DVD setup from the front panel

Press the REAR AUDIO button on the front panel while a DVD is playing.

Audio/Subtitle:

Selects a language for audio and subtitles that is available on the DVD.

1. Press the MENU button to display Menu in front.

2. Rotate to select Other Function, then press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Audio/Subtitle.

3. Move and to select the upper and lower part of the screen.

4. In the upper part, rotate to select a language for audio, then press .

In the lower part, rotate to select a subtitle language, then press .

uTo turn off subtitles, rotate to select OFF, then press .

1Playing a DVD

DVD is available for the rear seat passenger only.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 280 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 281

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

Features

Angle:

Changes the view angle.

1. Press the MENU button to display Menu in front.

2. Rotate to select Other Function, then press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Angle.

3. Rotate to select a desired angle, then press .

Search:

Selects the title or chapter you want to play.

1. Press the MENU button to display Menu in front.

2. Rotate to select Other Function, then press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Search.

3. Move and to select the upper and lower part of the screen.

4. In the upper part, rotate to search for a title, then press .

In the lower part, rotate to search for a chapter, then press .

Number Input:

Enters a three digit number, if issued to the DVD, to find the segment you want to

start to play.

1. Press the MENU button to display Menu in front.

2. Rotate to select Other Function, then press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Number Input.

3. Rotate to select number(s), then press .

4. Rotate to select OK, then press .

1DVD setup from the front panel

If the DVD currently playing does not carry multiple

angles, only one option Angle 1 comes on.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 281 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

282

Features

Rear Control:

Disables controls from the remote.

1. Press the SETTINGS button to display Settings menu in front.

2. Rotate to select Rear Ent Settings, then press .

3. Rotate to select Rear Control, then press .

4. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .

Rear Speaker:

Mutes the sounds from the rear speakers.

1. Press the SETTINGS button to display Settings menu in front.

2. Rotate to select Rear Ent Settings, then press .

3. Rotate to select Rear Speaker, then press .

4. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .

■TITLE/SCROLL button on the remote

Press the TITLE/SCROLL button while the DVD is playing to see the current status of

title, chapter, elapsed time, angle, subtitle, audio, and sound characteristics.

■MENU button on the remote

Press the MENU button while the DVD is

playing to see the available options.

Use the 3, 4, , and buttons to highlight

the option and then press the ENTER button.

1TITLE/SCROLL button on the remote

Press the TITLE/SCROLL button again to return.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 282 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

283

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

Continued

Features

Top Menu:

The top page of the DVD’s title menu appears. The title menu also appears when

you press the MENU button while the DVD is in the slot not playing. Press the

CANCEL or MENU button to return.

Menu:

The DVD’s title menu appears.

Play Mode:

You can change the following three settings:

If you press the MENU button while the DVD is not playing, the option Play Mode

changes to Initial Settings.

Audio - Select a language for audio that is available on the DVD. The sound

characteristics (Dolby Digital, LPCM, MPEG Audio, dts, etc) of that

audio is also displayed.

Subtitle - Select a subtitle that is available on the DVD.

Angle - Select a view angle that is available on the DVD. If the DVD currently

playing does not carry multiple angles, only one option Angle 1 comes

on. Press the CANCEL or MENU button to return.

When the DVD is not playing

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 283 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

284

Features

Initial Settings:

You can configure the initial Language, Dynamic Range, and Angle Mark settings

before playing DVD.

1. Select the language setting.

2. Select the language from English, French, Spanish, Arabic, German, Italian,

Dutch, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Japanese, and other.

3. If you select other, you need to enter the four digit language code number to

configure the language that is not listed. Select Yes to go to the number input

screen.

uTo return to the language Setting screen, select No.

4. Press the ENTER button each time you input digit.

uIf you want to delete a number, select DEL.

5. The cursor automatically goes to ENT after you input four digits. Press the ENTER

button to command.

Language

Settings -

Select the language for the DVD’s displayed menus (Menu Language),

the DVD’s audio (Audio Language), and the DVD’s subtitle (Subtitle

Language).

Dynamic

Range -

The feature reduces the difference between the loud and quiet sound

levels. Select ON or OFF.

Angle

Mark -

You can select whether to display the angle mark appearing in the

upper right corner of the screen when you change the view angle while

the DVD is playing. Select ON or OFF.

1MENU button on the remote

Initial Settings:

The prior language varies by disc. You may not be

able to configure your selected language setting.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 284 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

285

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

Continued

Features

Search:

You can search for a DVD segment from the following methods.

1. Select NumInput to go to the number input screen.

2. Use the 3, 4, , and buttons to input numbers.

uIf you want to delete a number, select DEL.

3. The cursor automatically goes to ENT after you input three digits. Press the

ENTER button to command.

Repeat:

Highlight this option and press the ENTER button to change the repeat mode from

chapter repeat and title repeat, to repeat off.

Title Search - Select the title you want to play.

Chapter Search - Select the chapter you want to play.

NumInput - Enter a three digit number, if issued to the DVD, to find the

segment you want to start to play.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 285 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

286

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

Features

■SETUP button on the remote

Press the SETUP button while the DVD is

playing to see the available options.

Use the 3, 4, , and buttons to highlight

the option and then press the ENTER button.

Disp Adjust:

You can adjust the overhead screen’s brightness, contrast, black level, color, and

tint. To return to the default display setting, select Reset.

After you make all the adjustments, the screen goes back to the top SETUP screen,

or press the CANCEL button to return.

Aspect Ratio:

You can select the screen mode with a different aspect ratio from Normal, Wide,

Zoom and Full. After you select the mode, it takes about one second to return to the

play mode with the selected ratio.

Personal Surround:

You can select the sound effect mode that fits the DVD’s audio source from Music,

Cinema, and Voice. Select Off to turn this feature off.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 286 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

287

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

Continued

Features

Language:

You can select the display language from English, French, and Spanish.

You can select the audio language from English, French, and Spanish.

Appearance:

You can select the screen color from white, black, blue, brown, and red.

When the DVD is not playing

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 287 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

288

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

Features

■System Controls and Menus for Audio

Remote with XM button

(Power)

Button

Press to

turn on the

system.

DVD/AUX Button

Press to use a USB, iPod, auxiliary video (rear), or auxiliary audio (front).

(Light) Button

Press to illuminate

the buttons and

bars for a few

seconds.

TUNE/SKIP Bar

2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 234

(Play/Pause) Button

Press to pause a playing CD.

TITLE/SCROLL Button

Press to switch search mode on XM radio, and scroll titles on CD.

CANCEL Button

Press to go back to the previous display or operation.

3,4, , and ENTER Buttons

Use 3, 4, , or to highlight a menu item, and

press the ENTER Button to make a selection.

CATEGORY Bar

2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 234

CH/FOLDER Bar

2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 234

CD Button

Press to listen to a CD.

FM/AM Button

Press to listen to AM or FM radio.

SETUP Button

2 SETUP button on the remote P. 286

XM Button

Press to listen to XM radio.

MENU Button

Press to display audio menu for AM/FM radio,

XM radio, or CD on the overhead screen.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 288 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

289

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

Continued

Features

Remote without XM button

(Power)

Button

Press to

turn on the

system.

AUX Button

Press to use a USB, iPod, auxiliary video (rear), or auxiliary audio (front).

(Light) Button

Press to illuminate

the buttons and

bars for a few

seconds.

TUNE/SKIP Bar

2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 234

(Play/Pause) Button

Press to pause a playing CD.

TITLE/SCROLL Button

Press to scroll titles on CD.

CANCEL Button

Press to go back to the previous display or operation.

3,4, , and ENTER Buttons

Use 3, 4, , or to highlight a menu item, and

press the ENTER Button to make a selection.

FOLDER Bar

2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 234

CH Bar

2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 234

CD Button

Press to listen to a CD.

FM/AM Button

Press to listen to AM or FM radio.

SETUP Button

2 SETUP button on the remote P. 286

MENU Button

Press to display audio menu for AM/FM radio or

CD on the overhead screen.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 289 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

290

Features

■Playing AM/FM radio in the rear

Press the AM/FM button.

When you press the MENU button while the radio is playing, the audio menu

appears on the overhead screen. The available functions are the same as those of

the front audio system. The TUNE/SKIP bar on the control panel works the same as

the Skip/Seek icons ( / ) on the front touchscreen for AM/FM radio operation.

2Playing AM/FM Radio P. 245

■Playing XM radio in the rear

Press the XM button.

When you press the MENU button while the radio is playing, the audio menu

appears on the overhead screen. The available functions are the same as those of

the front audio system. The TUNE/SKIP bar on the control panel works the same as

the Skip/Seek icons ( / ) on the front touchscreen for XM radio operation.

2Playing XM® Radio* P. 249

To change the mode between category and channel, press and hold the TITLE/

SCROLL button for five seconds.

1System Controls and Menus for Audio

If you press the REAR AUDIO button on the front

panel, you can operate the rear entertainment system

from the front display.

2REAR AUDIO button on the front panel

P. 277

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 290 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

291

uuRear Entertainment System*uOperating the System

Features

■Playing a CD

Press the CD button.

The available options appear on the overhead screen are Repeat, Random, and Scan.

These functions are the same as those of the front audio system.

2Playing a CD P. 252

To scroll your audio data title, press the TITLE/SCROLL button for five seconds.

■Playing iPod® and a USB flash drive

Press the DVD/AUX button.

Press the AUX button.

The available options appear on the overhead screen are Repeat, Random, and Scan.

These functions are the same as those of the front audio system.

2Playing an iPod® P. 255

2Playing a USB Flash Drive P. 262

To scroll your audio data title, press the TITLE/SCROLL button for five seconds.

1System Controls and Menus for Audio

You can also insert an audio CD compatible with the

system, or recorded in MP3/WMA/AAC formats into

the lower slot and play. The front passengers can

listen to the same CD, or select another audio source.

2Playable Discs P. 293

2Audio Sources for Front and Rear Seats

P. 292

Remote with XM button

Remote without XM button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 291 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

292

uuRear Entertainment System*uAudio Sources for Front and Rear Seats

Features

Audio Sources for Front and Rear Seats

The table shows the possible audio source combinations of the front audio system

and rear entertainment system’s simultaneous use.

*1: The front seat passengers are only able to hear the DVD’s sound from the front

speakers.

Front AM/FM

Radio

XM®

Radio*CD DVD*1 USB

iPod®

Bluetooth

Audio

Pandora

®*

Aha

Rear

AM/FM

Radio Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

XM®

Radio*Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No

CD Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

DVD Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

USB

iPod®Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

1Audio Sources for Front and Rear Seats

Yes: These audio sources are simultaneously playable.

When listening to same source in both the front and

rear, the playing channel or track will also be the

same for each.

No: These audio sources are not simultaneously

playable.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 292 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

293

uuRear Entertainment System*uPlayable Discs

Features

Playable Discs

The discs that come with these labels can be

played in your vehicle’s rear entertainment

system.

Also look for the region code of 1 or ALL on

the package or jacket on the disc.

DVD-ROMs are not playable in this unit.

1Playable Discs

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.

Dolby, Pro Logic, MLP Lossless and the double-D

symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 293 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

294

uuRear Entertainment System*uDVD Player Error Messages

Features

DVD Player Error Messages

If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.

Error Message Cause Solution

Unplayable File Track/file format not supported ●Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file

plays automatically.

Bad Disc

Please Check Owner’s

Manual

Push Eject Mechanical error

●Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the

error message is cleared.

●Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the

disc again.

2Protecting CDs P. 274

●If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out

the disc.

●Insert a different disc.

If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.

●If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,

contact a dealer.

Do not try to force the disc out of the player.

Mecha Error

Bad Disc

Please Check Owner’s

Manual

Servo error

Check Disc Disc error ●Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.

2Protecting CDs P. 274

Heat Error High temperature ●Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until

the error message is cleared.

The mode selected is

restricted in this system.

Please select another mode.

Unavailable source selected

Review the table of the possible audio source combinations of the

front audio system and rear entertainment system’s simultaneous

use.

2Audio Sources for Front and Rear Seats P. 292

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 294 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

295

Continued

Features

Customized Features

See the Navigation System Manual for the customized features except for the

Vehicle Settings.

Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.

■How to customize

Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating

while the ignition switch is in ON (w*1, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

1Customized Features

When you customize setting, make sure that the

vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to (P.

To customize other features, rotate , and press .

2List of customizable options P. 304

Models with one display

Models with navigation system

Models without navigation system

SETTINGS Button

Audio/Information Screen

Models with one display

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 295 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuCustomized Featuresu

296

Features

Audio/Information Screen

SETTINGS Button

Models without rear

entertainment system

Models with rear

entertainment system

Models with two displays

1Customized Features

To customize other features, rotate , move , ,

or , and press .

2List of customizable options P. 312

Models with two displays

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 296 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

297

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

■Customization flow

Models with one display

Clock Format

Background Color

Header Clock Display

Factory Data Reset

Clock Adjustment

Press the SETTINGS button.

Language

Default

Edit Pairing Code

Bluetooth On/Off

Bluetooth Device List

Voice Prompt

Brightness

Contrast

Black Level

Beep

Clock/

Wallpaper

Type

Clock Type

Wallpaper

System

Settings

Voice

Recog

Bluetooth

Display

Clock

Other

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 297 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

298

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

“Trip B” Reset Timing

“Trip A” Reset Timing

Auto Door Lock

Auto Door Unlock

Interior Light Dimming Time

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Keyless Lock Answer Back

Security Relock Timer

Maintenance Reset

Default

Vehicle

Settings

Meter

Setup

Lighting

Setup

Door

Setup

Maintenance Info.

Source Select Popup

Sound

Default

Cover Art*1

Connect Bluetooth Audio Device*1

Bluetooth Device List*1

Audio

Settings

*1:May change depending on your currently selected source.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 298 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

299

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

Add Bluetooth Device

Disconnect

Edit Speed Dial

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Automatic Phone Sync

Default

Enable Text Message

Message Auto Reading

New Text Message Alert

Phone

Settings

Connect

Phone

Text

Message

Bluetooth Device List

Phone

Default

Fixed Guideline

Camera

Settings

Wallpaper

Clock Type

Default

Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Clock/

Wallpaper

Type

Info

Settings

Rear

Camera

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 299 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

300

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

■Customization flow

Models with two displays

Press the SETTINGS button.

Voice Prompt

Message Auto Reading

Volume

Interface Dial Feedback

Verbal Reminder

Brightness

Contrast

Black Level

Bluetooth Status

Bluetooth Device List

Edit Pairing Code

Default

Sound/

Beep

Display

System

Settings Bluetooth

Voice

Recog.

System Device Information

Factory Data Reset

Background Color

Header Clock Display

Clock Reset

Clock

Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Clock

Language

Voice Command Tips

Others

Wallpaper

Clock/Wallpaper

Type

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 300 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

301

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

“Trip A” Reset Timing

“Trip B” Reset Timing

Language Selection*

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Forward Collision Warning Distance

Keyless Start Guidance Screens

Default

Memory Position Link

Door Unlock Mode

Keyless Access Light Flash

Interior Light Dimming Time

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto light Sensitivity

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Keyless Lock Answer Back

Security Relock Timer

Auto Door Lock

Auto Door Unlock

Maintenance Reset

Meter

Setup

Driver

Assist

System

Setup*

Driving Position Setup*

Keyless

Access

Setup

Lighting

Setup

Door

Setup

Maintenance Info.

Keyless Access Beep

Blind Spot Info*

Power Slide Door Keyless Open Mode

Power Tailgate Keyless Open Mode

Power Tailgate Open by Outer Handle

Power

Tailgate

Setup*

Vehicle

Settings

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 301 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

302

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

Show with Turn Signal

Reference Lines

Default

Fixed Guideline

Default

Sound

Source Select Popup

Cover Art*3

Connect Bluetooth Audio Device*3

Bluetooth Device List*3

Camera

Settings

Rear

Camera

LaneWatch

Audio

Settings

Display Brightness

Contrast

Black Level

Color

Tint

Display

Default

Source Select Popup

Rear Control

Rear Speaker

Rear Ent

Settings*2

*1:Not available on all models

*2:Models with rear entertainment system

*3:May change depending on your currently selected source.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 302 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

303

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

Add Bluetooth

Device

Disconnect

Default

Phone Connect phone

Edit Bluetooth

Device

Add Bluetooth

Device

Bluetooth Device

List

Edit Speed Dial

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Automatic Phone Sync

Use Contact Photo

Default

Enable Text/Email

Select Account

New Text/Email Alert

Text/Email

Phone

Settings

Clock Reset

Info Screen Preference

Clock Format

Clock/Wallpaper Type

Clock Adjustment

Clock

Default

Other

Info

Settings

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 303 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

304

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

■List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System

Settings

Display

Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information

screen. —

Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information

screen. —

Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information

screen. —

Beep Selects whether a beeper sounds or not when

you operate the selector knob. On*1/Off

Blue-

tooth

Bluetooth On/Off Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. On*1/Off

Bluetooth Device List

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a

paired phone, and create a security PIN.

2Phone Setup P. 334

—

Edit Pairing Code Changes a pairing code.

2To change the pairing code setting P. 336 Random/Fixed*1

Voice

Recog Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. Beginner*1/Expert

Models with one display

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 304 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

305

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System

Settings

Clock

Clock/

Wallpaper

Type

Clock Type Changes the clock display type. Analog/Digital*1/

Small Digital/Off

Wallpaper

●Changes the wallpaper type.

●Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.

●Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.

2Wallpaper Setup P. 214

Blank/Galaxy*1/

Metallic/Add New

Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock.

2Clock P. 108 —

Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H

Other

Language Changes the display language. English*1/French/

Spanish

Background Color Changes the background color of the audio/

information screen.

Blue*1/Amber/Red/

Green

Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on or not. On*1/Off

Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to their factory default.

2Defaulting All the Settings P. 324 Yes/No

Default Cancels /Resets all customized items in the

System Settings group as default. Yes/No

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 305 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

306

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Settings

Meter

Setup

“Trip A” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A

and average fuel economy A.

When Refueled/IGN

Off/Manually

Reset*1

“Trip B” Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B

and average fuel economy B.

When Refueled/IGN

Off/Manually

Reset*1

Lighting

Setup

Interior Light Dimming

Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay

on after you close the doors.

60seconds/

30seconds*1/

15seconds

Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights

stay on after you close the driver's door.

60seconds/

30seconds/

15seconds*1/

0seconds

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 306 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

307

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Settings

Door

Setup

Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for the automatic locking

feature.

With Vehicle Speed*1/

Shift from P/Off

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors unlock

automatically.

Driver Door with Shift

to P*1/All Doors with

Shift to P/Driver Door

with IGN Off/All Doors

with IGN Off/Off

Key And Remote Unlock

Mode

Sets up either the driver's door or all doors to

unlock on the first push of the remote.

Driver Door*1/All

Doors

Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.

LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On*1/Off

Security Relock Timer

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock

after you unlock the vehicle without opening any

door.

90seconds/

60seconds/

30seconds*1

Mainte-

nance

Info.

Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life display when you have

performed the maintenance service. —

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the

Vehicle Settings group as default. Yes/No

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 307 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

308

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Audio

Settings

Sound Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s sound.

2Adjusting the Sound P. 216

-6 ~ C*1 ~ +6 (Bass,

Treble, Subwoofer

and Center),-9 ~ C*1 ~

+9 (Fader and

Balance), Off/Low/

Mid*1/High (SVC)

Source Select Popup Selects whether the list of selectable audio sources

comes on or not when the AUDIO button is pressed. On/Off*1

Cover Art Turns on and off the cover art display. On*1/Off

Connect Bluetooth Audio Device

Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®

Audio device to HFL. —

Bluetooth Device List

Edits or deletes a Bluetooth® Audio device paired

to HFL. —

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio

Settings group as default. Yes/No

iPod®, USB or Pandora® mode

Bluetooth® Audio or Pandora® mode

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 308 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

309

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Info

Settings

Clock/

Wall-

paper

type

Clock Type

See System Settings on P. 304 to P. 305

Wallpaper

Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info

Settings group as default. Yes/No

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 309 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

310

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Phone

Settings

Connect Phone

Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or

disconnects a paired phone.

2Phone Setup P. 334

—

Bluetooth Device List

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a

paired phone, or creates a security PIN.

2Phone Setup P. 334

—

Phone

Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.

2Speed Dial P. 345 —

Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically transfer from your

phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. On*1/Off

Auto Answer Sets whether to automatically answer an

incoming call after about four seconds. On/Off*1

Ring Tone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile

Phone*1/Off

Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to be automatically

imported when a phone is paired to HFL. On*1/Off

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 310 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

311

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Phone

Settings

Text/

Message

Enable Text Message Turns the text message function on and off. On*1/Off

New Text Message Alert Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the

screen when HFL receives a new text message. On/Off*1

Message Auto Reading

Sets the system to automatically read an

incoming text message.

●On- A text message is always read aloud.

●Off- A text message is not read aloud.

●Auto- A text message is read aloud only when

driving.

On/Off/Auto*1

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone

Settings group as default. Yes/No

Camera

Settings

Rear

Camera Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the

rear camera monitor. On*1/Off

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the

Camera Settings group as default. Yes/No

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 311 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

312

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

■List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System

Settings

Display

Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information

screen. —

Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information

screen. —

Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information

screen. —

Sound/

Beep

Volume Changes the volume of the audio speakers. —

Interface Dial Feedback Sets if and when the system reads aloud a

selection made using the Interface Dial. On/Off/Auto*1

Message Auto Reading

Selects whether the system automatically read

out message, does not read, or read out only

when driving.

On/Off/Auto*1

Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On*1/Off

Blue-

tooth

Bluetooth Status Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. On*1/Off

Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a

paired phone, and create a security PIN.

2Phone Setup P. 366

—

Edit Pairing Code Changes a pairing code.

2To change the pairing code setting P. 368 Random/Fixed*1

Models with two displays

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 312 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

313

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System

Settings

Voice

Recog. Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On*1/Off

Clock

Clock/

Wallpaper

Type

Clock Changes the clock display type. Analogue/Digital*1/

Small Digital/Off

Wallpaper

●Changes the wallpaper type.

●Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.

●Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.

2Wallpaper Setup P. 241

Blank/Galaxy*1/

Metallic

Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock.

2Clock P. 108 —

Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H

Clock Reset Resets the settings of all items in the Clock group. —

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 313 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

314

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System

Settings

Others

Language Changes the display language. English*1/French/

Spanish

Voice Command Tips

Alerts you when manual control of the system is

disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only

voice commands are available.

On*1/Off

Background Color Changes the background color of the audio/

information screen and the audio with touch screen.

Blue*1/Amber/Red/

Green

Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on or not. On*1/Off

System Device Information Displays the system/Device information. —

Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to their factory default.

2Defaulting All the Settings P. 324 —

Default Cancels /Resets all customized items in the

System Settings group as default. Default/OK

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 314 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

315

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Settings

Driver

Assist

System

Setup*

Forward Collision Warning

Distance

Changes at which distance FCW alerts, or turns

FCW on and off.

Long/Normal*1/

Short/Off

Blind Spot Info*

Select the alerts to be used when a vehicle is

detected in your blind spot, or turn the system on

and off.

Audible And Visual

Alert*1/Visual Alert/

Off

Meter

Setup

Language Selection*Changes the displayed language on the multi-

information display*.

English*1/French/

Spanish

Adjust Outside Temp.

Display

Adjust the temperature reading by a few

degrees.

-5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F

(U.S.)

-3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C

(Canada)

“Trip A” Reset Timing

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,

average fuel economy A, average speed A*, and

elapsed time A*.

When Refueled/IGN

Off/Manually

Reset*1

“Trip B” Reset Timing

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,

average fuel economy B, average speed B*, and

elapsed time B*.

When Refueled/IGN

Off/Manually

Reset*1

Keyless Start Guidance

Screens

Displays the push button start guidance when

conditions are met to change power mode. On*1/Off

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 315 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

316

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Settings

Driving

Position

Setup*

Memory Position Link Changes the driver’s seat position to a stored

setting. On*1/Off

Keyless

Access

Setup

Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the

driver’s door handle.

Drivers Door Only*1/

All Doors

Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior lights to blink when you

unlock/lock the doors. On*1/Off

Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/

lock the doors. On*1/Off

Lighting

Setup

Interior Light Dimming

Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay

on after you close the doors.

60seconds/

30seconds*1/

15seconds

Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights

stay on after you close the driver's door.

60seconds/

30seconds/

15seconds*1/

0seconds

Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come

on.

Max/High/Mid*1/

Low/Min

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 316 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

317

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Settings

Door

Setup

Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for the automatic locking

feature.

With Vehicle Speed*1/

Shift from P/Off

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors unlock

automatically.

Driver Door with Shift

to P*1/All Doors with

Shift to P/Driver Door

with IGN Off/All Doors

with IGN Off/Off

Key And Remote Unlock

Mode

Sets up either the driver's door or all doors to

unlock on the first push of the remote.

Driver Door*1/All

Doors

Power Slide Door Keyless

Open Mode

Changes the keyless setting for when the power

sliding door opens.

Anytime*1/When

Unlocked

Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.

LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. On*1/Off

Security Relock Timer

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock

and the security system to set after you unlock

the vehicle without opening any door.

90seconds/

60seconds/

30seconds*1

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 317 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

318

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Vehicle

Settings

Power

Tailgate

Setup*

Power Tailgate Keyless

Open Mode

Changes the keyless setting for when the power

tailgate opens.

Anytime*1/When

Unlocked

Power Tailgate Open by

Outer Handle

Selects whether to enable the power tailgate

open operation using the tailgate outer handle.

Off (Manual Only)/

On (Power/

Manual)*1

Mainte-

nance

Info.

Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life display when you have

performed the maintenance service. —

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the

Vehicle Settings group as default. Default/OK

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 318 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

319

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Camera

Settings

Lane-

Watch*

Show with Turn Signal Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes on

when you move the turn signal lever to the

passenger side. On*1/Off

Reference Lines Selects whether the reference lines come on the

LaneWatch monitor. On*1/Off

Display

Brightness

Adjusts the LaneWatch display settings. —

Contrast

Black Level

Color

Tint

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the

LaneWatch group as default. Default/OK

Rear

Camera

Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the

rear camera monitor. On*1/Off

Display Adjusts the brightness setting on the rear camera

display. —

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear

Camera group as default. Default/OK

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 319 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

320

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Audio

Settings

Sound Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s sound.

2Adjusting the Sound P. 243

-6 ~ C*1 ~ +6 (Bass,

Treble, Subwoofer

and Center), -9 ~ C*1 ~

+9 (Fader and

Balance), Off/Low/

Mid*1/High (SVC)

Source Select Popup

Selects whether the list of selectable audio sources

comes on when the FRONT AUDIO button is pressed.

Selects whether the list of selectable audio sources

comes on when the AUDIO button is pressed.

On/Off*1

Cover Art

Turns on and off the cover art display. On*1/Off

Connect Bluetooth Audio Device

Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®

Audio device to HFL. —

Bluetooth Device List

Edits or deletes a Bluetooth® Audio device paired

to HFL. —

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio

Settings group as default. Default/OK

Models with rear entertainment system

Models without rear entertainment system

CD (MP3/WMA/AAC), iPod®, USB, Pandora®

or AhaTM mode

Bluetooth® Audio, Pandora® or AhaTM mode

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 320 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

321

uuCustomized Featuresu

Continued

Features

*1:Default Setting

*2:Models with rear entertainment system

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Rear Ent

Settings*2

Source Select Popup

Selects whether the list of selectable audio

sources comes on when the REAR AUDIO

button is pressed.

On/Off*1

Rear Control Activates/Deactivates the rear control panel. On*1/Off

Rear Speaker Turns on and off the rear speakers. On*1/Off

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear

Ent Settings group as default. Default/OK

Phone

Settings Phone

Connect phone

Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or

disconnects a paired phone.

2Phone Setup P. 366

—

Bluetooth Device List

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a

paired phone, or creates a security PIN.

2Phone Setup P. 366

—

Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.

2Phone Setup P. 366 —

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 321 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

322

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Phone

Settings

Phone

Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically transfer from your

phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. On*1/Off

Auto Answer Sets whether to automatically answer an

incoming call after about four seconds. On/Off*1

Ring Tone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile

Phone*1/Off

Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to be automatically

imported when a phone is paired to HFL. On*1/Off

Use Contact Photo Displays a caller’s picture on an incoming call

screen. On*1/Off

Text/

Enable Text/Email Turns the text message/E-mail function on and

off. On*1/Off

Select Account Selects a mail or text message account. —

New Text/Email Alert

Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the

screen when HFL receives a new text message/E-

mail.

On/Off*1

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone

Settings group as default. Default/OK

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 322 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

323

uuCustomized Featuresu

Features

*1:Default Setting

Setup

Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Info

Settings

Clock

Clock/

Wallpaper

type

Clock

See System Settings on P. 312 to P. 314.

Wallpaper

Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Clock Reset

Others Info Screen Preference

Selects either of the following to be displayed

when you press the INFO button.

●Info Top: Some of the available menu items pop up.

●Info Menu: All available menu items pop up.

●Off: The menu item you selected last time is displayed.

Info Top/Info

Menu*1/Off

Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info

Settings group as default. Default/OK

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 323 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

324

uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings

Features

Defaulting All the Settings

Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

3. Repeat the procedure to select Other, then

Factory Data Reset.

3. Move or to select Others.

Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,

then press .

uThe confirmation message will appear.

3. Rotate to select Yes, then press to

reset the settings.

4. Rotate to select Yes, then press

again to reset the settings.

uThe confirmation message will appear.

Press to select OK.

1Defaulting All the Settings

When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset

all settings to default and delete all personal data.

The following settings will be reset:

•Audio preset settings

•Phonebook entries

•Other display and each item settings.

Models with one display

Models with two displays

All models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 324 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

325

Continued

Features

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver*

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three

remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or

home security systems.

Refer to the safety information that comes with your garage door opener to test that

the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety

information, contact the manufacturer.

Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the

way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.

When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s

path.

Training HomeLink

If you have not trained any of the buttons in

HomeLink before, you should erase any

previously learned codes. To do this:

•Press and hold the two outside buttons for

about 20 seconds, until the red indicator

blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to

step 1.

•If you are training the second or third

button, go directly to step 1.

■Important Safety Precautions

1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver*

HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Johnson

Controls., Inc.

Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage

door opener, confirm that the opener has an external

entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic

eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it

does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.

Red

Indicator

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 325 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver*uTraining HomeLink

326

Features

■Training a Button

1Training a Button

Retraining a Button

If you want to retrain a programmed button for a

new device, you do not have to erase all button

memory. You can replace the existing memory code

using this procedure.

Erasing Codes

To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside

buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink

(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes

before selling the vehicle.

If you have any problems, see the device’s

instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call

HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.

Standard transmitter

Indicator remains on

for about 25 secs.

Rolling code transmitter

Indicator blinks rapidly for

two secs, then remains on

for about 23 secs.

Press and hold the desired HomeLink button

until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.

Continue to hold the HomeLink button and

follow steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.”

YES

HomeLink LED

is on.

HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs,

then remains on.

Training

Complete

Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink

button you want to program.

Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on

the remote transmitter.

Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) blink after 10 secs?

Press and hold the

programmed HomeLink

button for about a sec.

Does the device (garage

door opener) work?

Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink

button at the same time. Then, while

continuing to hold the HomeLink button,

press and release the button on the remote

every 2 secs.

Does the LED blink within 20 secs?

The remote has a rolling code. Press the

“learn” button on the remote-controlled

device (e.g. garage door opener).

Within 30 secs, press and hold the

programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.

Press and hold the HomeLink button again.

Press and hold the

HomeLink button again.

The remote-controlled

device should operate.

Training Complete

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 326 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

327

Continued

Features

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using

your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL

(Pick-up) button: Press to answer an incoming call.

(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.

(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag, a phonebook

name, or a number.

PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.

Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .

■HFL Buttons

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell

phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing

procedures, and special feature capabilities:

•U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call

1-888- 528-7876.

•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-

528 -7876.

To use HFL, the Bluetooth On/Off setting must be

On.

2Customized Features P. 295

Voice control tips

•Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere

with the microphone.

•Press and release the button when you want to

call a number using a stored voice tag, a

phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and

naturally after a beep.

•If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,

the command may be misinterpreted.

•To change the volume level, use the audio system's

volume knob or the remote audio controls on the

steering wheel.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of

handheld electronic devices while operating a

vehicle.

If you receive a call while using the audio system, the

system resumes its operation after ending the call.

Models with navigation system

Models with one display

Talk Button

Volume up Microphone

Hang-up/Back Button

Pick-up

Button Volume down

Selector

Knob

PHONE

Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 327 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

328

Features

The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.

Certain manual functions are disabled or

inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.

You cannot select a grayed-out option until

the vehicle is stopped.

Only previously stored speed dial entries with

voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers

can be called using voice commands while the

vehicle is in motion.

2Speed Dial P. 345

■HFL Status Display

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered

trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any

use of such marks by Honda Motors Co., Ltd., is

under license. Other trademarks and trade names are

those of their respective owners.

HFL Limitations

An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio

system when it is playing. It will resume when the call

is ended.

1HFL Status Display

The information that appears on the audio/

information screen varies between phone models.

You can change the system language to English,

French, or Spanish.

2Customized Features P. 295

■Limitations for Manual Operation

Bluetooth Indicator

Comes on when your phone

is connected to HFL.

Signal Strength

HFL Mode

Battery Level

Status

Roam Status

Caller’s Name

Caller’s Number

Phone menu

Redial

Call History Text Message

Dial

Phonebook

Speed Dial

Disabled Option

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 328 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

329

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

HFL Menus

The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w to use HFL.

■Phone Settings screen

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

1HFL Menus

To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-

compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle

is parked.

Some functions are limited while driving. A message

appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving

and the operation is canceled.

Pair a phone to the system.

Replace a previously paired phone with a

new phone.

Connect

Phone*1

Bluetooth

Device List

Add Bluetooth Device

Edit PIN

(Existing entry list)

Disconnect

Connect a phone to the system.

Disconnect a paired phone from the system.

*1:

(Existing

entry list)*1

Replace This

Device

Delete This

Device Delete a previously paired phone.

Create a security PIN for a paired phone.

Add

Bluetooth

Device

Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Pair a phone to the system.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 329 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

330

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

Select a phone number from the call

history to store as a speed dial number.

Manual Input

New Entry Import from

Call History

Import from

Phonebook

Enter a phone number to store as a

speed dial number.

Delete all of the previously stored speed dial number.

Select a phone number from the

phonebook to store as a speed dial number.

Edit Edit a previously stored speed dial number.

●Change a number.

●Create or delete a voice tag.

Delete Delete a previously stored speed dial

number.

(Existing

entry list)

Delete All

Edit Speed

Dial*1

Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the

vehicle.

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four

seconds.

Select the ring tone.

Automatic Phone Sync*1 Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to

HFL.

Phone

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 330 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

331

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Turn the text message function on and off.

New Text Message Alert

Message Auto Reading

Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL

receives a new text message.

Sets the system to automatically read an incoming text

message.

Text Message*1

Default

Enable Text Message

Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 331 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

332

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■Phone screen

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button to display the

menu items.

Phone menu

Redial

Call History

Text Message

Dial

Phonebook

Speed Dial

Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.

Select a phone number from the call history to store as a

speed dial number.

Call

History*1

Speed Dial*1

All

Manual Input

Dialed

Received

Display the last 20 outgoing calls.

Display the last 20 incoming calls.

New Entry

Import from

Call History

Import from

Phonebook

Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a

speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.

More Speed Dials Display another paired phone’s speed dial list.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.

Dial*1

Redial*1

Enter a phone number to dial.

Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.

(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 332 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

333

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

See the previous message.

Text Message*1

Read/Stop

Previous Message

Next Message See the next message.

System reads received message aloud, or

stop message from being read.

Phonebook*1

Display the paired phone’s phonebook.

Message is read

aloud.

Call

Reply to a received message using one of

six fixed phrases.

Make a call to the sender.

Select a message

and press .

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 333 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

334

Features

■To pair a cell phone (when there is no

phone paired to the system)

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

3. Make sure your phone is search or

discoverable mode, then press .

uHFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device.

4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing .

uIf your phone does not appear, you can

select Refresh to search again.

uIf your phone still does not appear, select

Phone Not Found and search for

Bluetooth devices using your phone.

From your phone, select

HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/

information screen.

uConfirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match.

This may vary by phone.

6. You will receive a notification on the screen

if pairing is successful.

■Phone Setup

1Phone Setup

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to

HFL before you can make and receive hands-free

calls.

Phone Pairing Tips:

•You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is

moving.

•Up to six phones can be paired.

•Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is

paired to HFL.

•If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found

by the system within three minutes, the system will

time out and returns to idle.

Once you have paired a phone, you can see it

displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the

right side.

These icons indicate the following:

: The phone can be used with HFL.

: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.

When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone

Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call

history and phonebook automatically imported to

HFL.

2Changing the Automatic Phone Sync

setting P. 344

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 334 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

335

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■To pair a cell phone (when a phone has

already been paired to the system)

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Connect

Phone, then Add Bluetooth Device.

3. Make sure your phone is in search or

discoverable mode, then press .

uHFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device.

4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing .

uIf your phone does not appear, you can

select Refresh to search again.

uIf your phone still does not appear, select

Phone Not Found and search for

Bluetooth devices using your phone.

From your phone, select

HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/

information screen.

uConfirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match.

This may vary by phone.

6. You will receive a notification on the screen

if pairing is successful.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 335 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

336

Features

■To change the pairing code setting

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth, then Edit Pairing Code.

3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,

then press .

1To change the pairing code setting

The pairing code may be six or four digits depending

on your phone.

The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the

setting.

To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the

current code, then enter a new one.

For a randomly generated pairing code each time you

pair a phone, select Random.

Edit Pairing Code

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 336 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 337

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To replace an already-paired phone

with a new phone

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List.

3. Rotate to select a paired phone you

want to replace, then press .

4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,

then press .

5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches

a new phone.

uFollow the prompts to pair a new phone.

6. You will receive a notification on the screen

if pairing is successful.

1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone

The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial

entries, call history, and security PIN information from

the previously paired phone.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 337 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

338

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To delete a paired phone

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List.

3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

delete, then press .

4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,

then press .

5. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

6. You will receive a notification on the screen

if it is successful.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 338 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

339

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■To turn on or off the text message

function

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Text

Message, then Enable Text Message.

uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

■To Set Up a Text Message Options

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 339 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

340

Features

■To turn on or off the text message

notice

1. On the Text Message screen, rotate to

select New Text Message Alert, then

press .

2. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

■To set up the auto reading option

1. On the Text Message screen, rotate to

select Message Auto Reading, then press

uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.

2. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto then

press .

1To turn on or off the text message notice

On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you

receive a new message.

Off: The message you receive is stored in the system

without notification.

1To set up the auto reading option

On: A text message is always read aloud.

Off: A text message is not read aloud.

Auto: A text message is read aloud only when

driving.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 340 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 341

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List.

3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

add a security PIN to, then press .

4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press .

5. Enter a new four-digit number.

uRotate to select, then press .

Press to delete. Press OK to enter the

security PIN.

6. Re-enter the four-digit number.

uThe screen returns to the screen in step

■To Create a Security PIN

1To Create a Security PIN

If the phone is already security PIN protected, you

need to enter the current security PIN before clearing

the PIN or creating a new one.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 341 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

342

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically

transferred to HFL.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,

then Auto Transfer.

3. Rotate to select On, then press .

You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,

then Auto Answer.

3. Rotate to select On, then press .

■Automatic Transferring

■Auto Answer

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 342 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 343

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

You can change the ring tone setting.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,

then Ring Tone.

3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone

or Off, then press .

■Ring Tone

1Ring Tone

Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.

Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the

connected cell phone sounds from the speaker.

Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 343 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

344

Features

■When Automatic Phone Sync is set to

On:

When your phone is paired, the contents of its

phonebook and call history are automatically

imported to HFL.

■Changing the Automatic Phone Sync

setting

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,

then Automatic Phone Sync.

3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

■Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

When you select a person from the list in the cellular

phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.

The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored

for that name.

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the

category icons to HFL.

The phonebook is updated after every connection.

Call history is updated after every connection or call.

Pref

Home

Mobile

Work

Pager

Fax

Car

Other

Message

Voice

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 344 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 345

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.

To store a speed dial number:

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

uRepeat the procedure to select New

Entry.

4. Rotate to select a place to choose a

number from, then press .

From Import from Call History:

uSelect a number from the call history.

From Manual Input:

uInput the number manually.

From Import from Phonebook:

uSelect a number from the linked cell

phone’s imported phonebook.

5. When the speed dial is successfully stored

from Import from Call History or Import

from Phonebook, you are asked to create

a voice tag for the number. Rotate to

select Yes or No, then press .

6. Using the button, follow the prompts to

store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.

■Speed Dial

1Speed Dial

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to

call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and

the voice tag name.

Mr.AAA 111AAA####

555EEE####

444DDD####

333CCC####

222BBB####

Mr.EEE

Mr.DDD

Mr.CCC

Mr.BBB

Select a method to store

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 345 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

346

Features

■To add a voice tag to a stored speed

dial number

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,

then Edit Speed Dial.

3. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press .

4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Record, then press .

5. Using the button, follow the prompts to

complete the voice tag.

1Speed Dial

Avoid using duplicate voice tags.

Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.

It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For

example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 346 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

347

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■To delete a voice tag

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,

then Edit Speed Dial.

3. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press .

4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Clear, then press .

5. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

■To delete a speed dial

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Phone,

then Edit Speed Dial.

3. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Delete, then press .

4. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 347 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

348

Features

You can make calls by inputting any phone

number, or by using the imported

phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or

redial.

■Making a Call

1Making a Call

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,

or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.

Press the button and say “Call” and the

phonebook name, phone number, or stored voice

tag.

The maximum range between your phone and

vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).

Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of

the person you are calling through the audio

speakers.

Phone menu

Redial

Call History Text Message

Dial

Phonebook

Speed Dial

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 348 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 349

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To make a call using the imported

phonebook

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then

press .

4. Rotate to select a name, then press .

uYou can also search by letter. Rotate

to select Alphabet Search, then press

5. Rotate to select a number, then press

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using the imported phonebook

This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.

However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed

dial number using voice commands.

2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 328

2Speed Dial P. 345

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 349 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

350

Features

■To make a call using a phone number

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Dial, then press .

4. Rotate to select a number, then press

5. Rotate to select , then press .

uDialing starts automatically.

■To make a call using redial

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Redial, then press .

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using a phone number

This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.

However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed

dial number, phonebook name, or number using

voice commands.

2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 328

2Speed Dial P. 345

Phone menu

Redial

Call History Text Message

Dial

Phonebook

Speed Dial

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 350 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 351

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To make a call using the call history

Call history is stored by All, Dialed,

Received, and Missed.

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Call History, then

press .

4. Rotate to select All, Dialed, Received,

or Missed, then press .

5. Rotate to select a number, then press

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using the call history

The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or

missed calls.

(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 351 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

352

Features

■To make a call using a speed dial entry

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

4. Rotate to select a number, then press .

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using a speed dial entry

Select More Speed Dials to view another paired

phone’s speed dial list. You can make a call from that

list using the currently connected phone.

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to

call the number using the voice tag.

2Speed Dial P. 345

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,

or number can be dialed by voice from any screen.

Press the button and follow the prompts.

To call stored speed dial entries 1-6, press the

corresponding preset buttons from the Phone

screen.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 352 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 353

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

When there is an incoming call, an audible

notification sounds (if activated) and the

Incoming Call screen appears.

Press the button to answer the call.

Press the button to decline or end the call.

■Receiving a Call

1Receiving a Call

Call Waiting

Press the button to put the current call on hold to

answer the incoming call.

Press the button again to return to the current

call.

Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer

it.

Press the button if you want to hang up the

current call.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 353 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

354

Features

The following options are available during a call.

Mute: Mute your voice.

Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.

Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-

driven phone system.

Press the MENU button to display the options.

Rotate to select the mute option, then

press .

uThe mute icon appears when Mute is

selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

■Options During a Call

1Options During a Call

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

Mute Icon

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 354 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 355

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

HFL can display newly received text messages as well as 20 of the most recently

received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud

and replied to using a fixed common phrase.

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new

text message.

2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the

message, then press .

uThe text message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading out

the message.

3. To discontinue the message read-out, press

■Receiving a Text Message

1Receiving a Text Message

The system does not display any received messages

while you are driving. You can only hear them read

aloud.

With some phones, you may be able to display up to

20 most recent text messages.

State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text

message feature. Only use the text message feature

when conditions allow you to do so safely.

When you receive a text message for the first time

after the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to

turn the New Text Message Alert setting to On.

2To turn on or off the text message notice

P. 340

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 355 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

356

Features

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Text Message, then

press .

4. Rotate to select a message, then press

uThe text message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading the

message aloud.

■Displaying Text Messages

1Displaying Text Messages

The icon appears next to an unread message.

If you delete a message on the phone, the message is

also deleted in the system. If you send a message

from the system, the message goes to your phone’s

outbox.

To see the previous or next message, press on the

text message screen. From the pop-up menu, rotate

to select Previous Message or Next Message,

then press .

Message List

Text Message

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 356 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 357

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■Using the Stop or Read option

1. Go to the text message screen.

uThe system automatically starts reading

the message aloud.

2Displaying Text Messages P. 356

2. Press to have the pop-up menu appear

on the screen.

3. Rotate to select Stop or Read, then

press .

1Using the Stop or Read option

This option changes to:

•Stop while the text message is read out. Select this

option to discontinue the message read out.

•Read when the system has finished reading out the

text message, or after you selected Stop.

Select this option to hear the system read out the

selected message.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 357 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

358

Features

■Reply to a message

1. Go to the text message screen.

uThe system automatically starts reading

the message aloud.

2Displaying Text Messages P. 356

2. Press to have the pop-up menu appear

on the screen.

3. Rotate to select Reply, then press .

4. Rotate to select the reply message, then

press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Select Send to send the message.

uComplete appears on the screen when

the reply message was successfully sent.

1Reply to a message

The available fixed reply messages are as follows:

•Talk to you later, I’m driving.

•I’m on my way.

•I’m running late.

•OK

•Yes

•No

You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 358 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

359

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■Making a call to a sender

1. Go to the text message screen.

uThe system automatically starts reading

the message aloud.

2Displaying Text Messages P. 356

2. Press to have the pop-up menu appear

on the screen.

3. Rotate to select Call, then press .

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 359 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

360

Features

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using

your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL

(Pick-up) button: Press to answer an incoming call.

(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.

(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands.

PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.

Interface dial: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move ,

, or to select secondary menu.

■HFL Buttons

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell

phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing

procedures, and special feature capabilities:

For a list of compatible phones:

•U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call

1-888-528-7876.

•Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-

528-7876.

To use HFL, the Bluetooth Status setting must be

On.

2Customized Features P. 295

Voice control tips:

•Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere

with the microphone.

•Press and release the button when you want to

call a number using a stored voice tag, a

phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and

naturally after a beep.

•If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,

the command may be misinterpreted.

•To change the volume level, use the audio system’s

volume knob or the remote audio controls on the

steering wheel.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of

handheld electronic devices while operating a

vehicle.

If you receive a call while using the audio system, the

system resumes its operation after ending the call.

Models with navigation system

Non-navi models with two displays

Talk Button

Volume up Microphone

Hang-up/Back Button

Pick-up

Button

Volume down

Interface

Dial

PHONE

Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 360 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

361

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

Features

The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.

Certain manual functions are disabled or

inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.

You cannot select a grayed-out option until

the vehicle is stopped.

Only previously stored speed dial entries with

voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers

can be called using voice commands while the

vehicle is in motion.

2Speed Dial P. 377

■HFL Status Display

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered

trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any

use of such marks by Honda Motors Co., Ltd., is

under license. Other trademarks and trade names are

those of their respective owners.

HFL Limitations

An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio

system when it is playing. It will resume when the call

is ended.

1HFL Status Display

The information that appears on the audio/

information screen varies between phone models.

You can change the system language to English,

French, or Spanish.

2Customized Features P. 295

■Limitations for Manual Operation

Bluetooth® Indicator

Comes on when your

phone is connected to HFL.

Signal Strength

HFL Mode

Battery Level

Status

Roam Status

Caller’s Name

Caller’s Number

Disabled Option

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 361 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

362

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

HFL Menus

The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.

■Phone Settings screen

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

1HFL Menus

To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-

compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle

is parked.

Some functions are limited while driving. A message

appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving

and the operation is canceled.

Edit the user name of a paired phone.

Phone

Edit Device

Name

Connect

Phone

Bluetooth

Device List

(Existing

entry list)

Replace This

Device

Add Bluetooth

Device

Disconnect a paired phone from the system.

Connect a phone to the system.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Disconnect

(Existing entry list)

Pair a phone to the system.

Edit PIN

Create a security PIN for a paired phone.

Replace a previously paired phone with a

new phone.

Delete This

Device Delete a previously paired phone.

Add Bluetooth

Device Pair a phone to the system.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 362 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

363

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

Text/Email*1

Manual Input

Edit Speed

Dial New Entry

Import from

Call History

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Import from

Phonebook

Delete All Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers.

Select a phone number from the call

history to store as a speed dial number.

Select a phone number from the

phonebook to store as a speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed

dial number.

Edit

Delete

(Existing

entry list)

Edit a previously stored speed dial number.

●Change a number.

●Create or delete a voice tag.

Delete a previously stored speed dial number.

Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the

vehicle.

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four

seconds.

Select the ring tone.

Use Contact Photo

Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to

HFL.

Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.

Automatic Phone Sync

Select Account Select a mail or text message account.

Enable Text/Email Turn the text message/E-mail function on and off.

New Text/Email Alert Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new

text message/E-mail.

Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone Settings group as default.

Default

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 363 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

364

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■Phone screen

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button to display the

menu items.

Select a phone number from the call history to store as a

speed dial number.

Speed Dial*1

Manual Input

New Entry Import from

Call History

Import from

Phonebook

Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a

speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.

More Speed Dials Display another paired phone’s speed dial list.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.

Phonebook*1

Dial*1

Display the paired phone’s phonebook.

Enter a phone number to dial.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 364 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

365

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

Text/Email*1

Message is

read aloud.

See the previous message.

(Read/Stop)

Next See the next message.

System reads received message aloud, or stop message

from being read.

Call

Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases.

Make a call to the sender.

Select Account

Select a message

and press .

Select a mail or text message account.

Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.

Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.

Call History*1

All

Dialed

Received

Display the last 20 outgoing calls.

Display the last 20 incoming calls.

Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 365 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

366

Features

■To pair a cell phone (when there is no

phone paired to the system)

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

3. Make sure your phone is search or

discoverable mode, then press .

uHFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device.

4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing .

uIf your phone does not appear, you can

select Refresh to search again.

uIf your phone still does not appear, move

to select Phone not Found? and

search for Bluetooth devices using your

phone. From your phone, select

HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/

information screen.

uConfirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match.

This may vary by phone.

6. You will receive a notification on the screen

if pairing is successful.

■Phone Setup

1Phone Setup

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to

HFL before you can make and receive hands-free

calls.

Phone Pairing Tips:

•You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is

moving.

•Up to six phones can be paired.

•Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is

connected to HFL.

•If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found

by the system within three minutes, the system will

time out and returns to idle.

Once you have paired a phone, you can see it

displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the

right side.

These icons indicate the following:

: The phone can be used with HFL.

: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.

When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone

Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call

history and phonebook automatically imported to

HFL.

2Changing the Automatic Phone Sync

setting P. 376

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 366 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

367

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■To pair a cell phone (when a phone has

already been paired to the system)

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Connect

Phone, then Add Bluetooth Device.

3. Make sure your phone is in search or

discoverable mode, then press .

uHFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device.

4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing .

uIf your phone does not appear, you can

select Refresh to search again.

uIf your phone still does not appear, move

to select Phone not Found? and

search for Bluetooth devices using your

phone. From your phone, select

HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/

information screen.

uConfirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match.

This may vary by phone.

6. You will receive a notification on the screen

if pairing is successful.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 367 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

368

Features

■To change the pairing code setting

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Edit

Pairing Code.

3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,

then press .

1To change the pairing code setting

The pairing code may be six or four digits depending

on your phone.

The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the

setting.

To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the

current code, then enter a new one.

For a randomly generated pairing code each time you

pair a phone, select Random.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 368 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 369

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To replace an already-paired phone

with a new phone

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List.

3. Rotate to select a paired phone you

want to replace, then press .

4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,

then press .

5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches

a new phone.

uFollow the prompts to pair a new phone.

6. You will receive a notification on the screen

if pairing is successful.

1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone

The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial

entries, and security PIN information from the

previously paired phone.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 369 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

370

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To delete a paired phone

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List.

3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

delete, then press .

4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,

then press .

5. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

6. You will receive a notification on the screen

if it is successful.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 370 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 371

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To turn on or off the text/E-mail

function

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Enable

Text/Email.

uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

■To turn on or off the text/E-mail notice

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select New

Text/Email Alert.

uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

■To Set Up a Text Message/E-mail Options

1To turn on or off the text/E-mail notice

On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you

receive a new text message.

Off: The message you receive is stored in the system

without notification.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 371 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

372

Features

■To set up the auto reading option

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Message

Auto Reading.

uA pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto, then

press .

1To set up the auto reading option

On: A text message/Email is always read aloud.

Off: A text message/Email is not read aloud.

Auto: A text message/Email is read aloud only when

driving.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 372 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 373

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List.

3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

add a security PIN to, then press .

4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press .

5. Enter a new four-digit number.

uRotate to select, then press .

Move to delete. Rotate to select

OK to enter the security PIN.

6. Re-enter the four-digit number.

uThe screen returns to the screen in step

■To Create a Security PIN

1To Create a Security PIN

If the phone is already security PIN protected, you

need to enter the current security PIN before clearing

the PIN or creating a new one.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 373 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

374

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically

transferred to HFL.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Auto

Transfer.

3. Rotate to select On, then press .

You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Auto

Answer.

3. Rotate to select On, then press .

■Automatic Transferring

■Auto Answer

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 374 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 375

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

You can change the ring tone setting.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Ring

Tone.

3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone

or Off, then press .

You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Use

Contact Photo.

3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

■Ring Tone

1Ring Tone

Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.

Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the

connected cell phone sounds from the speaker.

Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.

■Use Contact Photo

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 375 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

376

Features

■When Automatic Phone Sync is set to

On:

When your phone is paired, the contents of its

phonebook and call history are automatically

imported to HFL.

■Changing the Automatic Phone Sync

setting

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select

Automatic Phone Sync.

3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

■Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

When you select a person from the list in the cellular

phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.

The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored

for that name.

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the

category icons to HFL.

The phonebook is updated after every connection.

Call history is updated after every connection or call.

Pref

Home

Mobile

Work

Pager

Fax

Car

Other

Message

Voice

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 376 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 377

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.

To store a speed dial number:

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

uRepeat the procedure to select New

Entry.

4. Rotate to select a place to choose a

number from, then press .

From Import from Call History:

uSelect a number from the call history.

From Manual Input:

uInput the number manually.

From Import from Phonebook:

uSelect a number from the linked cell

phone’s imported phonebook.

5. When the speed dial is successfully stored

from Import from Call History or Import

from Phonebook, you are asked to create

a voice tag for the number. Rotate to

select Yes or No, then press .

6. Using the button, follow the prompts to

store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.

■Speed Dial

1Speed Dial

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to

call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and

the voice tag name.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 377 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

378

Features

■To add a voice tag to a stored speed

dial number

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial.

3. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press .

4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Record, then press .

5. Using the button, follow the prompts to

complete the voice tag.

1Speed Dial

Avoid using duplicate voice tags.

Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.

It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For

example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 378 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

379

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Continued

Features

■To delete a voice tag

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial.

3. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press .

4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Clear, then press .

5. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

■To delete a speed dial

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial.

3. Select an existing speed dial entry.

uFrom the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Delete, then press .

4. You will receive a confirmation message on

the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 379 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

380

Features

You can make calls by inputting any phone

number, or by using the imported

phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or

redial.

■Making a Call

1Making a Call

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,

or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.

Press the button and say “Call” and the

phonebook name, phone number, or stored voice

tag.

The maximum range between your phone and

vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).

Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of

the person you are calling through the audio

speakers.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 380 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 381

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To make a call using the imported

phonebook

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then

press .

4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.

Move to Search.

uYou can use the keyboard on the touch

screen for an alphabetical search.

5. Rotate to select a number, then press

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using the imported phonebook

This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.

However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed

dial number, phonebook name, or number using

voice commands.

2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 361

2Speed Dial P. 377

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 381 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

382

Features

■To make a call using a phone number

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Dial, then press .

4. Rotate to select a number, then press

5. Rotate to select , then press .

uDialing starts automatically.

■To make a call using redial

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Redial, then press .

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using a phone number

This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.

However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed

dial number, phonebook name, or number using

voice commands.

2Limitations for Manual Operation P. 361

2Speed Dial P. 377

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 382 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 383

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■To make a call using the call history

Call history is stored by All, Dialed,

Received, and Missed.

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Call History, then

press .

4. Move or to select All, Dialed,

Received, and Missed.

5. Rotate to select a number, then press

uDialing starts automatically.

■To make a call using a speed dial entry

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

4. Rotate to select a number, then press

uDialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using the call history

The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or

missed calls.

(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)

These icons next to the number indicate the

following:

: Dialed calls.

: Received calls.

: Missed calls.

1To make a call using a speed dial entry

Move to select More Speed Dials to view another

paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make a call

from that list using the currently connected phone.

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to

call the number using the voice tag.

2Speed Dial P. 377

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name

or number can be dialed by voice from any screen.

Press the button and follow the prompts.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 383 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

384

Features

When there is an incoming call, an audible

notification sounds (if activated) and the

Incoming call screen appears.

Press the button to answer the call.

Press the button to decline or end the call.

■Receiving a Call

1Receiving a Call

Call Waiting

Press the button to put the current call on hold to

answer the incoming call.

Press the button again to return to the current

call.

Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer

it.

Press the button if you want to hang up the

current call.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 384 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 385

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

The following options are available during a call.

Mute: Mute your voice.

Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.

Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-

driven phone system.

The available options are shown on the Phone

screen.

Rotate to select the mute option, then

press .

uThe mute icon appears when Mute is

selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

■Options During a Call

1Options During a Call

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

Mute Icon

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 385 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

386

Features

HFL can display newly received text messages and E-mails as well as 20 of the most

recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be

read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new

text message or E-mail.

2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the

message, then press .

uThe text message or E-mail is displayed.

The system automatically starts reading

out the message.

3. To discontinue the message read-out, press

■Receiving a Text Message/E-mail

1Receiving a Text Message/E-mail

The system does not display any received messages

while you are driving. You can only hear them read

aloud.

With some phones, you may be able to display up to

20 most recent text messages and E-mails.

State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text

message/E-mail feature. Only use the text message/

E-mail feature when conditions allow you to do so

safely.

When you receive a text message or E-mail for the

first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are

asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to

On.

2To turn on or off the text/E-mail notice

P. 371

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 386 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 387

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to

be active and receive notifications.

1. Press the SETTINGS button.

2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

uRepeat the procedure to select Select

Account.

3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an

E-mail account you want, then press .

■Selecting a Mail Account

1Selecting a Mail Account

You can also select a mail account from the folder list

screen or the message list screen.

Move to select Select Account, then press .

You can only receive notifications from one text

message or mail account at a time.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 387 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

388

Features

■Displaying text messages

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press

uSelect account if necessary.

4. Rotate to select a message, then press

uThe text message is displayed. The

system automatically starts reading the

message aloud.

■Displaying Messages

1Displaying Messages

The icon appears next to an unread message.

If you delete a message on the phone, the message is

also deleted in the system. If you send a message

from the system, the message goes to your phone’s

outbox.

To see the previous or next message, move or

on the text message screen.

Message List

Text Message

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 388 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 389

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■Displaying E-mails

1. Press the PHONE button.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press

4. Rotate to select a folder, then press .

5. Rotate to select a message, then press

uThe E-mail is displayed. The system

automatically starts reading the message

aloud.

1Displaying E-mails

Received text messages and E-mails may appear in

the message list screen at the same time. In this case,

text messages are titled No subject.

Folder List

Message List

E-mail

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 389 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

390

Features

■Read or stop reading a message

1. Go to the text message or E-mail screen.

uThe system automatically starts reading

the message aloud.

2Displaying Messages P. 388

2. Press to stop reading.

Press again to start reading the message

from the beginning.

■Reply to a message

1. Go to the text message or E-mail screen.

uThe system automatically starts reading

the message aloud.

2Displaying Messages P. 388

2. Move and rotate to select Reply,

then press .

3. Rotate to select the reply message, then

press .

uThe pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Select Send to send the message.

uMessage sent appears on the screen

when the reply message was successfully

sent.

1Reply to a message

The available fixed reply messages are as follows:

•Talk to you later, I’m driving.

•I’m on my way.

•I’m running late.

•OK

•Yes

•No

You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 390 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

391

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Features

■Making a call to a sender

1. Go to the text message screen.

uThe system automatically starts reading

the message aloud.

2Displaying text messages P. 388

2. Move and rotate to select Call, then

press .

John 0123456789####

Reply Call

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 391 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

392

Features

Compass*

When you set the power mode to ON, the compass self-calibrates, and the compass

display appears.

Compass Calibration

If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need

to manually calibrate the system.

1. Set the power mode to ON.

2. On the top screen of any audio source,

press and hold for five seconds.

uThe display switches to the Compass

Settings screen.

3. Rotate to select Calibration, then press

4. When the display changes to Calibration

Start, press .

5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles.

uThe compass starts to show a direction

after the calibration. The CAL indicator

goes off.

1Compass*

Compass operation can be affected under the

following conditions:

•Driving near power lines or stations

•Crossing a bridge

•Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large

object that can cause a magnetic disturbance

•When accessories such as antennas and roof racks

are mounted by magnets

1Compass Calibration

Calibrate the compass in an open area.

While setting the compass, press the BACK button to

cancel the setting mode and return to the previous

screen.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 392 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

393

uuCompass*uCompass Zone Selection

Features

Compass Zone Selection

1. Set the power mode to ON.

2. On the top screen of any audio source,

press and hold for five seconds.

uThe display switches to the Compass

Settings screen.

3. Rotate to select Zone Adjust, then

press .

uThe display shows the current zone

number.

4. Rotate to select the zone number of

your area (See Zone Map), then press .

1Compass Zone Selection

The zone selection is done to compensate the

variation between magnetic north and true north.

If the calibration starts while the audio system is in

use, the display returns to normal after the calibration

is completed.

6789

10 11

Zone Map

Guam Island: Zone 8

Puerto Rico: Zone 11

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 393 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

394

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 394 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

395

Driving

This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.

Before Driving

Driving Preparation .......................... 396

Maximum Load Limit........................ 399

Towing a Trailer

Towing Preparation.......................... 401

Driving Safely with a Trailer .............. 405

Towing Your Vehicle........................ 406

When Driving

Starting the Engine .................. 407, 409

Precautions While Driving................. 411

Automatic Transmission ................... 412

Shifting............................................ 413

Cruise Control ................................. 415

Forward Collision Warning (FCW)*.. 418

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)*..... 422

VSA

(Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC

(Electronic Stability Control), System ...... 426

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)... 428

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -

Required Federal Explanation ......... 429

BSI (Blind Spot Information) System*.... 432

LaneWatchTM*.................................. 434

Braking

Brake System ................................... 436

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) ........... 438

Brake Assist System ......................... 439

Parking Your Vehicle

When Stopped ................................ 440

Parking Sensor System*................... 441

Rearview Camera ............................. 445

Refueling

Fuel Information .............................. 446

How to Refuel ................................. 447

Fuel Economy.................................... 449

Accessories and Modifications ........ 450

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 395 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

396

Driving

Before Driving

Driving Preparation

Check the following items before you start driving.

•Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior

lights, or other parts of the vehicle.

uRemove any frost, snow, or ice.

uRemove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of

vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.

uWhen removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel

or wheel components.

•Make sure the hood is securely closed.

uIf the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.

•Make sure the tires are in good condition.

uCheck air pressure, and check for damage and excessive wear.

2Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 490

•Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.

uThere are blind spots from the inside.

■Exterior Checks

1Exterior Checks

NOTICE

When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around

the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force

them open, as this can damage the rubber trim

around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid

further freezing.

Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.

You will be unable to insert key if the water freezes in

the hole.

Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite

flammable materials left under the hood, causing a

fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended

period, inspect and remove any debris that may have

collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have

fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a

small animal.

Also check under the hood for leftover flammable

materials after you or someone else has performed

maintenance on your vehicle.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 396 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 397

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

Driving

•Store or secure all items on board properly.

uCarrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's

handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.

2Maximum Load Limit P. 399

•Do not pile items higher than the seat height.

uThey can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden

braking.

•Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor

mat.

uAn object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator

pedal operation while driving.

•If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.

uThey may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.

•Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate.

2Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 118

•Adjust your seating position properly.

uAdjust the head restraint, too.

2Adjusting the Seats P. 161

2Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 164

•Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.

uAdjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.

2Adjusting the Mirrors P. 158

2Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 157

■Interior Checks

1Interior Checks

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not

need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry

heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have

the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified

technician.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 397 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

398

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

Driving

•Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the

seats.

uThey can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation

of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.

•Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.

2Fastening a Seat Belt P. 33

•Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the

vehicle, and go off soon after.

uAlways have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.

2Indicators P. 70

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 398 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

399

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

Continued

Driving

Maximum Load Limit

The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,340 lbs (608 kg).

See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb.

This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and

accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -

(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your

vehicle's placard.

(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers

that will be riding in your vehicle.

(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers

from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and

luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount

equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in

your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load

capacity is 650 lbs.

(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

1Maximum Load Limit

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):

The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all

occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue

load.

2Specifications P. 542

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):

The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.

2Specifications P. 542

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading

can affect handling and stability

and cause a crash in which you

can be hurt or killed.

Follow all load limits and other

loading guidelines in this manual.

Label Example

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 399 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

400

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

Driving

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being

loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the

available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will

be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to

determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage

load capacity of your vehicle.

In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,

accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight

Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.

Load Limits Example

Example1

Max Load

1,340 lbs

(608 kg)

Passenger Weight

150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs

(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight

1,040 lbs

(472 kg)

Example2

Max Load

1,340 lbs

(608 kg)

Passenger Weight

150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs

(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight

590 lbs

(268 kg)

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 400 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

401

Continued

Driving

Towing a Trailer

Towing Preparation

Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper

equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.

■Total trailer weight

Do not exceed the maximum allowable

weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in

or on it shown in the table.

Towing loads in excess of this can seriously

affect vehicle handling and performance and

can damage the engine and drivetrain.

Each weight limit is calculated based on the following conditions:

•Occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the back

•Each occupant weights 150 lbs (68 kg)

Any additional weight, cargo or accessories reduce the maximum trailer weight and

maximum tongue load.

■Towing Load Limits

1Towing Load Limits

Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale.

If a public scale is not available, add the estimated

weight of your cargo load to the weight of your

trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and the

tongue load.

Break-in Period

Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle's first 600

miles (1,000 km).

Never exceed the gross weight ratings.

Gross weight information

2Vehicle Specifications P. 542

WARNING

Exceeding any load limit or improperly

loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a

crash in which you can be seriously hurt or

killed.

Check the loading of your vehicle and

trailer carefully before starting to drive.

Total Load

Number of occupants Equip with ATF cooler

23,500 lbs (1,587 kg)

33,350 lbs (1,520 kg)

43,200 lbs (1,451 kg)

53,050 lbs (1,383 kg)

62,900 lbs (1,315 kg)

71,450 lbs (658 kg)

8Towing not recommended

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 401 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation

402

Driving

■Tongue load

The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded

trailer on the hitch should be approximately

10% of the total trailer weight.

•Excessive tongue load reduces front tire traction and steering control. Too little

tongue load can make the trailer unstable and cause it to sway.

•To achieve a proper tongue load, start by loading 60% of the load toward the

front of the trailer and 40% toward the rear. Readjust the load as needed.

■Hitches

The hitch must be of an approved type and properly bolted to the underbody.

■Weight distribution hitches

A weight distributing hitch is not recommended for use with your vehicle.

An improperly adjusted weight distributing hitch may reduce handling, stability, and

braking performance.

■Safety chains

Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the

trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.

Tongue Load

■Towing Equipment and Accessories

1Towing Equipment and Accessories

Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and

maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/

territory, and local regulations.

Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other

items are recommended or required for your towing

situation.

The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type

and brand. If a connector is required, it should only

be installed by a qualified technician.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 402 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

403

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation

Continued

Driving

■Trailer brakes

Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more:

There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are

common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes,

be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to

your vehicle's hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a

potential hazard.

■Trailer light

Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and

local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the

requirements in the area where you plan to tow.

Your trailer lighting connector is located

behind the left side panel in the cargo area.

Each pin’s purpose and wiring color code are

shown in the image.

When using non-Honda trailer lighting

harness and converter, get the connector and

pins for your vehicle from a dealer.

■Sway control

Recommended to use if your trailer tends to sway. Consult the trailer maker for

what kind of sway control you need and how to install it.

Right

Turn

Signal

Small

Light

Stop

Light

+B Small

Light

Trailer

Hazard

Light

Left

Turn

Signal

Backup

Light

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 403 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

404

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation

Driving

■Automatic transmission cooler

Install an additional ATF (automatic transmission fluid) cooler to help prevent the

transmission from overheating, and damaging. You can get the additional ATF

cooler at a dealer.

■Trailer mirrors

Many states, provinces and territories require special exterior mirrors when towing a

trailer. Install special mirrors whenever you cannot clearly see behind you, or if the

trailer creates a blind spot.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 404 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

405

uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer

Continued

Driving

Driving Safely with a Trailer

•Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition.

•Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.

2Towing Load Limits P. 401

•Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer.

•Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while

driving.

•Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly.

•Check the pressure of the trailer tires, including the spare.

•Drive slower than normal.

•Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailer.

•Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.

•Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal.

•Allow more time and distance for braking.

•Do not brake or turn suddenly.

■Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer

■Towing Speeds and Gears

■Turning and Braking

1Driving Safely with a Trailer

Parking

In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel

chocks at each of the trailer’s tires.

When towing a trailer, we recommend that you carry

a full-size spare wheel and tire for your vehicle and

trailer. If you use the compact spare tire that came

with your vehicle, it could adversely affect vehicle

handling.

2Specifications P. 543

2Changing a Flat Tire P. 511

Remember to unhitch the trailer before changing a

flat tire. Ask the trailer sales or rental agency where

and how to store the trailer’s spare tire.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 405 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

406

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle

Driving

•Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the

heating and cooling system*/climate control system* and reduce speed. Pull to the

side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary.

•Shift to the position if the transmission shifts frequently.

Towing Your Vehicle

Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs

to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.

2Emergency Towing P. 539

■Driving in Hilly Terrain

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 406 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

407

Continued

Driving

When Driving

Starting the Engine

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

2. Check that the shift lever is in (P, then

depress the brake pedal.

uAlthough it is possible to start the vehicle

in (N, it is safer to start it in (P.

Models without smart entry system

1Starting the Engine

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when

starting the engine.

The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in

thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400

meters).

When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all

electrical accessories such as the lights, heating and

cooling system */climate control system*, and rear

defogger in order to reduce battery drain.

If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,

an engine block heater will improve starting and

warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently

below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant

mixture should be changed to a higher concentration

to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.

If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can

smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle

checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with

the engine or exhaust system.

Brake Pedal

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 407 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

408

Driving

3. Turn the ignition switch to START (e

without depressing the accelerator pedal.

1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that

the parking brake indicator has gone off.

2Parking Brake P. 436

2. Put the shift lever in (D. Select (R when reversing.

3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull

away.

1Starting the Engine

Do not hold the key in START (e for more than 15

seconds.

•If the engine does not start right away, wait for at

least 10 seconds before trying again.

•If the engine starts, but then immediately stops,

wait at least 10 seconds before repeating step 3

while gently depressing the accelerator pedal.

Release the accelerator pedal once the engine

starts.

The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from

theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is

used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.

2Immobilizer System P. 135

■Starting to Drive

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 408 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

409

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

Continued

Driving

Starting the Engine

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

2. Check that the shift lever is in (P, then

depress the brake pedal.

uAlthough it is possible to start the vehicle

in (N, it is safer to start it in (P.

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button

without depressing the accelerator pedal.

Models with smart entry system

1Starting the Engine

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when

starting the engine.

The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in

thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400

meters).

When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all

electrical accessories such as the lights, climate

control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce

battery drain.

If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,

an engine block heater will improve starting and

warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently

below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant

mixture should be changed to a higher concentration

to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.

If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can

smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle

checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with

the engine or exhaust system.

The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from

theft.

If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s

fuel system is disabled.

2Immobilizer System P. 135

Brake Pedal

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 409 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

410

Driving

You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.

1. Shift to (P.

2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.

1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that

the parking brake indicator has gone off.

2Parking Brake P. 436

2. Put the shift lever in (D. Select (R when reversing.

3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull

away.

■Stopping the Engine

■Starting to Drive

1Starting the Engine

Bring the smart entry remote close to the ENGINE

START/STOP button if the battery in the smart entry

remote is weak.

2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

P. 521

The engine may not start if the smart entry remote is

subjected to strong radio waves.

Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to

start the engine.

If the engine does not start, wait at least 10 seconds

before trying again.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 410 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

411

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving

Driving

Precautions While Driving

Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or

driveline, or cause electrical component failure.

If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.

Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■In Rain

■Other Precautions

1Precautions While Driving

NOTICE

Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the

accelerator pedal. You could damage the

transmission.

If the ignition switch is turned to ACCESSORY (q *1

while driving, the engine will shut down and all

steering and brake power assist functions will stop,

making it difficult to control the vehicle.

Do not put the shift lever in (N, as you will lose

engine braking (and acceleration) performance.

During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,

avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so

as to not damage the engine or powertrain.

Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).

You should also follow this when the brake pads are

replaced.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 411 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

412

uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission

Driving

Automatic Transmission

The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases.

Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the

transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress

the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

■Creeping

■Kickdown

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 412 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

413

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Continued

Driving

Shifting

Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.

■Shift lever positions

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

1Shifting

You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1

and remove the key unless the shift lever is in (P.

The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in

(N while the engine is cold.

Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,

apply the parking brake.

Park

Used when parking or starting the engine

Reverse

Used when reversing

Neutral

Used when idling

Drive

Used for normal driving (gears change between

1st and 6th automatically)

Low

Strong engine power when climbing and strong

engine braking when going down steep hills.

Release Button

D4 Button

Press the

button while the shift lever is in

Used when

●Going up or down hills

●Towing a trailer in hilly terrain

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 413 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

414

Driving

■Shift Lever Operation

1Shift Lever Operation

NOTICE

When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and

vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the

brake pedal depressed.

Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come

to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.

Use the shift lever position indicator to check the

lever position before pulling away.

If the transmission indicator blinks when driving, in

any shift position, there is a problem with the

transmission.

Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission

checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine

speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine

speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a

slight jolt.

It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the

brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release

button is held down.

Depress the brake pedal first.

Tachometer's red zone

Shift Lever Position Indicator

Depress the brake pedal and

press the shift lever release button to shift.

Shift without pressing the shift lever

release button.

Press the shift lever release button and

shift.

D4 Indicator

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 414 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

415

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control

Continued

Driving

Cruise Control

Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the

accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a

constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.

1Cruise Control

It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed

when driving uphill or downhill.

When not using cruise control:

Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE

button.

WARNING

Improper use of the cruise control can lead

to a crash.

Use the cruise control only when traveling

on open highways in good weather.

When to use

■Shift positions for cruise control:

In (D or

Always keep sufficient distance

between you and the vehicle in

front of you.

■Vehicle speed for cruise control:

Desired speed in a range above

roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~

How to use

CRUISE MAIN is on in the

instrument panel.

Cruise control is ready to use.

■Press the CRUISE button on

the steering wheel.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 415 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

416

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control

Driving

Take your foot off the pedal and press the button when you reach the

desired speed.

The moment you release the button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise

control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

■To Set the Vehicle Speed

Button

DECEL/SET

On when cruise control begins Press and release

DECEL/SET

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 416 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

417

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control

Driving

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the or button

on the steering wheel.

•Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by

about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

•If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you

release it. This speed is then set.

To cancel cruise control, do any of the

following:

•Press the CANCEL button.

•Press the CRUISE button.

•Depress the brake pedal.

The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

■To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

You can set the vehicle speed using the

button on the steering wheel when adjusting the

speed with the accelerator and brake pedals.

DECEL/SET

RES/ACCEL

DECEL/SET

■To Cancel

To decrease speed

To increase speed

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed:

After cruise control has been canceled, you can still

resume the prior set speed by pressing the

button while driving at a speed of at

least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.

You cannot set or resume in the following situations:

•When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)

•When the CRUISE button is turned off

At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise

control is canceled automatically.

RES/ACCEL

CRUISE

Button

CANCEL

Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 417 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

418

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW)*

Driving

Forward Collision Warning (FCW)*

Alerts you when it determines that there is a possibility that your vehicle may collide

with a vehicle detected in front of yours.

If the system determines a collision is possible, it gives both visual and audible alerts.

uTake appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes,

etc.).

■How the system works

The system may give warnings of potential collisions when your vehicle speed is

above 10 mph (15 km/h).

1Forward Collision Warning (FCW)*

Important Safety Reminder

FCW cannot detect all objects ahead and may not

detect a given object; accuracy of the system will vary

based on weather, speed and other factors. FCW

does not include a braking function. It is always your

responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid

collisions.

You can change the Forward Collision Warning

Distance setting or turn the system on and off.

2Customized Features P. 99, 295

The camera is shared with Lane Departure Warning

(LDW).

2LDW Camera P. 424

LONG

NORMAL

SHORT

Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead

You can set Long, Normal or Short for when warnings start:

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 418 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 419

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW)*

Driving

1Forward Collision Warning (FCW)*

Never apply a film or attach any objects to the

windshield that could obstruct the FCW camera's

field of vision.

Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield

within the FCW camera's field of vision can cause the

system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we

recommend that you replace the windshield with a

genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making

even minor repairs within the camera's field of vision

or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield

may also cause the system to operate abnormally.

After replacing the windshield, have a dealer

recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the FCW

camera is necessary for the system to operate

properly.

Beep

Camera-based system

The camera is located

behind the rearview mirror.

The beeper sounds

and the FCW

indicator blinks until

a possible collision is

avoided.

The beeper sounds and the BRAKE

message appears until a possible

collision is avoided.

Models with multi-information

display

Models with

information display

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 419 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW)*

420

Driving

■Automatic shutoff

FCW may automatically shut itself off and the FCW indicator comes and stays on when:

•The temperature inside the system is high.

•The windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.

Once the conditions that caused FCW to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g.,

cleaning), the system comes back on.

1Automatic shutoff

To help reduce the likelihood that high interior

temperatures will cause the camera system to shut

off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front

of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a

reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the

camera housing. Covering the camera can

concentrate heat on the camera.

If the CAMERA HOT message appears:

If the symbol appears:

•Use the climate control system to cool down the

interior and, if necessary, the defroster mode when

windows are fogged.

•Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield

temperature, which cools down the area around

the FCW system.

Models with information display

Models with multi-information display

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 420 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

421

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW)*

Driving

FCW may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle, and may

activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no

vehicle ahead under the following conditions.

■FCW Limitations

Condition

●The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.

●A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.

●A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.

●When either your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you accelerates rapidly.

●The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, a small vehicle, or a unique vehicle such as a

tractor.

●When you drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an

extended period that makes it difficult for the camera to properly detect a vehicle in front

of you.

●When there are pedestrians or animals in front of your vehicle.

●When you drive in bad weather (rain, fog, etc.).

●A heavy load in the rear or modifications to the suspension tilts your vehicle.

●An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).

●When the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.

●When the temperature inside the system is high.

●A sudden change between light and dark such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.

●You drive into the sunlight (e.g. at dawn or dusk).

●When the windshield is dirty or cloudy.

●When streetlights are perceived as the taillight of a vehicle in front of yours.

●When driving at night, the vehicle ahead of you is running with either taillight bulb burned

out.

●When you drive in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.

●When your vehicle is towing a trailer.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 421 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

422

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)*

Driving

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)*

Alerts you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally

crossing over detected side lane markings.

If your vehicle is getting too close to detected

left or right side lane markings without a turn

signal activated, LDW will give audible and

visual alerts.

The beeper sounds and the LDW indicator

blinks, letting you know that you need to take

appropriate action.

The beeper sounds and the LANE

DEPARTURE message appears on the multi-

information display, letting you know that you

need to take appropriate action.

■How the System Works

1Lane Departure Warning (LDW)*

Important Safety Reminder

Like all assistance systems, LDW has limitations.

Over-reliance on LDW may result in a collision. It is

always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within

your driving lane.

LDW only alerts you when lane drift is detected

without a turn signal in use. LDW may not detect all

lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary

based on weather, speed and lane marker condition.

It is always your responsibility to safely operate the

vehicle and avoid collisions.

Models with information display

Models with multi-information

display

Models with information display

Models with multi-information display

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 422 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 423

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)*

Driving

The system begins to search for lane markings when all the following conditions are met:

•The vehicle is traveling between 40-90 mph (64-145 km/h).

•The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.

•The turn signals are off.

•The brake pedal is not depressed.

■How the System Activates

1How the System Activates

LDW may automatically shut off and the LDW

indicator comes and stays on.

2Indicators P. 70

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 423 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)*

424

Driving

The camera is located behind the rearview

mirror.

Press the LDW button to turn the system on

and off.

uThe indicator in the button comes on

when the system is on.

■LDW Camera

1LDW Camera

Never apply a film or attach any objects to the windshield

that could obstruct the LDW camera's field of vision.

Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield

within the LDW camera's field of vision can cause the

system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we

recommend that you replace the windshield with a

genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making

even minor repairs within the camera's field of vision

or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield

may also cause the system to operate abnormally.

After replacing the windshield, have a dealer

recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the LDW

camera is necessary for the system to operate properly.

Do not place an object on the top of the instrument

panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent

the system from detecting lane lines properly.

To help reduce the likelihood that high interior

temperatures will cause the camera system to shut

off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front

of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a

reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the

camera housing. Covering the camera can

concentrate heat on the camera.

If the CAMERA HOT message appears:

If the symbol appears:

•Use the climate control system to cool down the

interior and, if necessary, the defroster mode when

windows are fogged.

•Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield

temperature, which cools down the area around

the LDW camera.

Models with information display

Models with multi-information display

Camera

■LDW On and Off

LDW Button

Indicator

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 424 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

425

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)*

Driving

LDW may not activate or may not recognize lanes, and may activate even when

keeping in the middle of a lane under the following conditions.

■LDW Limitations

Condition

●When you drive in bad weather (rain, fog, etc.).

●A heavy load in the rear or modifications to the suspension tilts your vehicle.

●An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).

●When the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.

●When the temperature inside the system is high.

●A sudden change between light and dark such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.

●You drive into the sunlight (e.g. at dawn or dusk).

●When the windshield is dirty or cloudy.

●When you drive in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.

●When your vehicle is towing a trailer.

●When you drive on a wet road surface following another vehicle.

uThe camera may perceive the tire tracks in the water as lane lines.

●When there is snow or wheel tracks on the side of the road.

●When the road has many repaired areas or erased lines.

●When the vehicle is running over painted signs or crosswalk markings.

●When you drive in a lane with worn-out lane markings.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 425 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

426

uuWhen DrivinguVSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability Control), System

Driving

VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic

Stability Control), System

VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less

than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.

It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.

When VSA® activates, you may notice that the

engine does not respond to the accelerator.

You may also notice some noise from the

hydraulic system. You will also see the

indicator blink.

■VSA® Operation

1VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability

Control), System

The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and

size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and

type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.

When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on

while driving, there may be a problem with the

system. While this may not interfere with normal

driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer

immediately.

VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations

and does not control the entire braking system. You

still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate

for the conditions and always leave a sufficient

margin of safety.

The main function of the VSA® system is generally

known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The

system also includes a traction control function.

VSA®

System

Indicator

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 426 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

427

uuWhen DrivinguVSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability Control), System

Driving

This button is on the driver side control panel.

To turn the VSA® system on and off, press and

hold it until you hear a beep.

VSA® will stop and the indicator will come on.

To turn it on again, press the (VSA® OFF)

button until you hear a beep.

VSA® is turned on every time you start the

engine, even if you turned it off the last time

you drove the vehicle.

■VSA® On and Off

1VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability

Control), System

Without VSA®, your vehicle will have normal braking

and cornering ability, but it will not have VSA®

traction and stability enhancement.

In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets

stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier

to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.

When the VSA® system is off, the traction control

system is also off. You should only attempt to free

your vehicle with the VSA® off if you are not able to

free it when the VSA® is on.

Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to

switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving

your vehicle with the VSA® and traction control

systems switched off.

If the low tire pressure/TPMS, low tire pressure, or

TPMS indicator comes on or blinks, the VSA® system

comes on automatically. In this case, you cannot turn

the system off by pressing the button.

You may hear a motor sound coming from the

engine compartment while system checks are being

performed immediately after starting the engine or

while driving. This is normal.

VSA® OFF

Indicator

Models

with

LDW

Models

without

LDW

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 427 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

428

uuWhen DrivinguTPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

Driving

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

Monitors the tire pressure while you are

driving. If your vehicle's tire pressure becomes

significantly low, the low tire pressure

indicator comes on.

Monitors the tire pressure while you are

driving. If your vehicle's tire pressure becomes

significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS

indicator comes on and a message appears on

the multi-information display.

CHECK TIRE PRESSURE is displayed when a

tire has significantly low pressure.

1TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

Conditions such as low ambient temperature and

altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can

trigger the low tire pressure indicator to come on.

2If the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes

On P. 531

Tire pressure checked and inflated in:

•Warm weather can become under-inflated in

colder weather.

•Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer

weather.

The low tire pressure indicator will not come on as a

result of over inflation.

Conditions such as low ambient temperature and

altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can

trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come

on.

2If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator

Comes On or Blinks P. 532

Tire pressure checked and inflated in:

•Warm weather can become under-inflated in

colder weather.

•Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer

weather.

The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come

on as a result of over inflation.

Models with information display

Models with multi-information display

Models with information display

Models with multi-information display

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 428 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

429

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Continued

Driving

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required

Federal Explanation

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked

monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure

recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard

or tire inflation pressure label.

(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated

on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should

determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with

a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low

tire pressure telltale

when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you

should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate

them to the proper pressure.

Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to

overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces

fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's

handling and stopping ability.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 429 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

430

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Driving

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire

maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain

correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the

level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction

indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.

The TPMS malfunction indicator is provided by a separate telltale,

which displays the symbol “TPMS” when illuminated.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated,

the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as

intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including

the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the

vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or

more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the

replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to

continue to function properly.

Models with information display

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 430 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

431

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Driving

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction

indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.

The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire

pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the

telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain

continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon

subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may

not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including

the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the

vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or

more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the

replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to

continue to function properly.

Models with multi-information display

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 431 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

432

uuWhen DrivinguBSI (Blind Spot Information) System*

Driving

BSI (Blind Spot Information) System*

Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,

particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”

When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the

appropriate indicator comes on, providing assistance when you change lanes.

■How the system works

1BSI (Blind Spot Information) System*

Important Safety Reminder

Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over

reliance on BSI may result in a collision.

The system is for your convenience only. Even if an

object is within the alert zone, the following

situations may occur.

•The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to

obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the BLIND

SPOT NOT AVAILABLE multi-information display

appearing.

•The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the

message appearing.

The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the

following conditions:

•A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more

than two seconds.

•A vehicle is parked in a side lane.

•The speed difference between your vehicle and the

vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).

•An object not detected by the radar sensors

approaches or passes your vehicle.

WARNING

Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to

change lanes before doing so may result in

a crash and serious injury or death.

Do not rely only on the blind spot

information system when changing lanes.

Always look in your mirrors, to either side

of your vehicle, and behind you for other

vehicles before changing lanes.

●The shift lever is in (D or .

●Your vehicle speed is between

20 mph (32 km/h) and 100 mph

(160 km/h)

Alert zone range

A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)

B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)

C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)

Alert Zone

Radar Sensors:

underneath the

rear bumper

corners

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 432 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

433

uuWhen DrivinguBSI (Blind Spot Information) System*

Driving

■When the system detects a vehicle

1BSI (Blind Spot Information) System*

Turn the system off when towing a trailer. The system

does not work properly for the following reasons:

•The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the

radar coverage.

•The trailer itself can be detected by the radar

sensors, causing the BSI alert indicators to come on.

BSI may be adversely affected when:

•Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are detected.

•An object that does not reflect radio waves well,

such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.

•Driving on a curved road.

•A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent

lane.

•The system picks up external electrical interference.

•The rear bumper or the sensors have been

improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been

deformed.

•The orientation of the sensors has been changed.

•In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).

For a proper BSI use:

•Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.

•Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with

labels or stickers of any kind.

•Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear

bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be

repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly

impacted.

Comes on when:

●A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind to

overtake you with a speed difference of no

more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your

vehicle.

●You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of

no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).

Comes On

BSI Alert Indicator: Located near the outside

door mirrors.

Blinks and the beeper sounds when:

You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the

detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times.

Blinks

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 433 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

434

uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM*

Driving

LaneWatchTM*

Is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear areas

displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to the

passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these areas

and allows you to check for vehicles, in addition to your visual check and use of the

passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience while

driving.

1LaneWatchTM*

Important Safety Reminder

Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has

limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in

a collision.

The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,

lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),

ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.

The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display

of traffic to the side and rear under the following

conditions:

•Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,

changing the height of the vehicle.

•Your tires are over or under inflated.

•Your tires or wheels are of varied size or

construction.

WARNING

Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to

change lanes before doing so may result in

a crash and serious injury or death.

Do not rely only on LaneWatch while

driving.

Always look in your mirrors, to either side

of your vehicle, and behind you for other

vehicles before changing lanes.

Camera

Audio/Information Screen

Move the turn signal

lever to the passenger

side.

Press the LaneWatch

button.

Pull the turn signal

lever back.

Press the LaneWatch

button again.

The passenger side view

display appears on the

audio/information screen.

The system activates when you:

The system deactivates when you:

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 434 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

435

uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM*

Driving

■Customizing the LaneWatch settings

You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen.

•Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when

you operate the turn signal light lever.

•Reference Lines: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch

monitor.

•Next Maneuver Pop up*: Selects whether a turn direction screen of the

navigation system interrupts the LaneWatch display.

•Display: Adjusts display settings.

2Customized Features P. 295

■Reference Lines

Three lines that appear on the screen can give

an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on

the screen are from your vehicle, respectively.

If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates

that it is close to your vehicle whereas an

object near line 3 farther away.

1LaneWatchTM*

The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique

lens makes objects on the screen slightly look

different from what they are.

LaneWatch display does not come on when the shift

lever is in (R.

For a proper LaneWatch use:

•The camera is located in the passenger side door

mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera

lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,

moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.

•Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers

of any kind.

•Do not touch the camera lens.

1Reference Lines

The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close to

your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually confirm

the safety of a lane change before changing lanes.

The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and

3 on the screen vary depending road conditions and

vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines on

the screen may seem to appear closer than the actual

distances when the rear of your vehicle is more

heavily loaded.

Consult a dealer if:

•The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is

severely impacted, resulting in changing the

camera angle.

•The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 435 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

436

Driving

Braking

Brake System

Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.

To apply:

Depress the parking brake pedal down with

your foot.

To release:

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Depress the parking brake.

■Parking Brake

1Parking Brake

NOTICE

Release the parking brake fully before driving. The

rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive

with the parking brake applied.

If you start driving without fully releasing the parking

brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and RELEASE

PARKING BRAKE appears on the multi-information

display*.

Always apply the parking brake when parking.

To apply

To release

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 436 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

437

uuBrakinguBrake System

Driving

Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist

helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases

the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency

situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when

braking very hard.

2Brake Assist System P. 439

2ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) P. 438

■Foot Brake

1Foot Brake

Check the brakes after driving through deep water,

or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If

necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the

pedal several times.

If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when

applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be

replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.

Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a

long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake

effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your

foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a

lower gear.

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while

driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause

them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad

life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 437 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

438

uuBrakinguABS (Anti-lock Brake System)

Driving

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)

Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by

pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.

The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also

balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.

You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always

keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as

“stomp and steer.”

■ABS operation

The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the

pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very

hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately

if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.

When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.

■ABS

1ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)

NOTICE

The ABS may not function correctly if you use an

incorrect tire type and size.

When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,

there may be a problem with the system.

While normal braking is not affected, there is a

possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle

checked by a dealer immediately.

The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes

to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control

during hard braking.

In the following cases, your vehicle may need more

stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:

•When driving on rough road surfaces, including

when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or

snow.

•When snow chains are installed.

You may hear a motor sound coming from the

engine compartment while system checks are being

performed immediately after starting the engine or

while driving. This is normal.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 438 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

439

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System

Driving

Brake Assist System

Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress

the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

■Brake assist system operation

Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.

When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise

may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 439 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

440

Driving

Parking Your Vehicle

When Stopped

1. Depress the brake pedal firmly with the shift lever in (D.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.

3. Move the shift lever from (D to (P.

4. Turn off the engine.

Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.

1Parking Your Vehicle

Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,

such as dry grass, oil, or timber.

Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

1When Stopped

NOTICE

The following can damage the transmission:

•Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals

simultaneously.

•Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by

depressing the accelerator pedal.

•Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle

stops completely.

Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 440 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

441

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*

Continued

Driving

Parking Sensor System*

The corner and rear center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle, and the

beeper and display let you know the approximate distance between your vehicle and

the obstacle.

■The sensor location and range

1Parking Sensor System*

Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is

no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.

The system may not work properly when:

•The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud, or

dirt.

•The vehicle is on an uneven surface, such as grass,

bumps, or a hill.

•The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather.

•The system is affected by some electric devices that

generate ultrasonic waves.

•Driving in bad weather.

The system may not sense:

•Thin or low objects.

•Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,

or sponge.

•Objects directly under the bumper.

Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.

Within about 60 cm (24 in) or less Within about 110 cm (43 in) or less

Front Corner Sensors Rear Center Sensors

Rear Corner Sensors

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 441 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*

442

Driving

■When you activate the system

The indicator in the button comes on and the beeper sounds when the system is on.

The corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the shift lever is in any position

other than (P, and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

The rear center sensors start to detect an obstacle when the shift lever is in (R, and

the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

1Parking Sensor System*

When you set the power mode to ON, the system will

be in the previously selected condition.

Parking Sensor

System Button:

Press to activate

the system with

the power mode in

ON.

Beep

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 442 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

443

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*

Continued

Driving

■When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter

*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.

Length of the

intermittent

beep

Distance between the Bumper and

Obstacle Appropriate Indicator

Audio/

information

screen

indicator color

Corner Sensors Center Sensors

Long*1 —About 43-28 in

(110-70 cm)

Yellow

Short About 24-18 in

(60-45 cm)

About 28-22 in

(70-55 cm)

Amber

Very short About 18-14 in

(45-35 cm)

About 22-18 in

(55-45 cm)

Amber

Continuous About 14 in (35 cm)

or less

About 18 in (45 cm)

or less

Red

Instrument

panel

Stays on

Multi-

information

display

Stays on

Audio/

information

screen

Blinks

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 443 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*

444

Driving

■The parking sensor system on audio/navigation screen

•An appropriate indicator blinks when there

are any obstacles around the parking

sensors. The color of the indicator changes

in accordance with the distance between

your vehicle and obstacles.

•An appropriate indicator stays on in red

when there is a problem with the

corresponding parking sensor.

2Parking Sensor Indicator* P. 75

2Multi-Information Display Warning

and Information Messages* P. 86

1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.

3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator

in the button flashes.

4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off.

uThe beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.

To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds

three times when the rear sensors come back on.

Models with information display

Models with multi-information display

■Turning off All Rear Sensors

1Turning off All Rear Sensors

When you shift to (R, the indicator in the parking

sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the

rear sensors have been turned off.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 444 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

445

Driving

Rearview Camera

About Your Rearview Camera

For models with the navigation system, see the Navigation System Manual.

The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view.

The display automatically changes to a rear view when the shift lever is moved to

(R.

The rearview camera has a unique lens that makes objects appear closer or further

than they actually are.

■Rearview Camera Display Area

1About Your Rearview Camera

The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see

the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath

the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects

appear closer or farther than they actually are.

Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing

up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and

high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do

not rely on the rearview display which does not give

you all information about conditions at the back of

your vehicle.

If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,

use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free

of debris.

You can change the Fixed Guideline setting.

2Customized Features P. 295

On: Guidelines appear when you shift into (R.

Off: Guidelines do not appear.

Models with navigation system

Models without navigation system

Screen display

Bumper

Guidelines Approx. 118 in (3 m)

Approx. 79 in (2 m)

Approx. 39 in (1 m)

Approx. 20 in (0.5 m)

Approx. 118 in (3 m)

Approx. 79 in (2 m)

Approx. 39 in (1 m)

Camera

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 445 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

446

Driving

Refueling

Fuel Information

■Fuel recommendation

Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise

that can lead to engine damage.

■Top tier detergent gasoline

Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda

endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help

maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent

Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive

manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.

Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher

1Fuel Information

NOTICE

We recommend quality gasoline containing

detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and

engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain

good performance, fuel economy, and emissions

control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline

that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based

fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is

available.

Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely

affect performance, and cause the malfunction

indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.

If this happens, contact a dealer for service.

Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such

as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on

oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol

by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.

If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try

another service station or switch to another brand of

gasoline.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 446 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 447

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

Driving

Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met

“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is

guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic

additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic

additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission

control system.

For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on

gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit

www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top

tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

■Fuel tank capacity: 21 US gal (79.5 liters)

How to Refuel

1. Stop your vehicle with the service station

pump on the left side of the vehicle in the

rear.

2. Turn off the engine.

3. Pull on the fuel fill door release handle

under the lower left corner of the

dashboard.

uThe fuel fill door opens.

1How to Refuel

WARNING

Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.

You can be burned or seriously injured

when handling fuel.

•Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,

and flame away.

•Handle fuel only outdoors.

•Wipe up spills immediately.

Pull

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 447 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

448

Driving

4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a

release of air, wait until this stops, then turn

the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.

5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.

6. Insert the fuel filler nozzle fully.

uWhen the tank is full, the filler nozzle will

click off automatically. This leaves space

in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands

with a change in the temperature.

7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,

tightening it until you hear it click at least

once.

uShut the fuel fill door by hand.

1How to Refuel

The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in

the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result

of changes in air temperature.

If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is

not full, there may be a problem with the pump's fuel

vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If

this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.

Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has

automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed

the full tank capacity.

Cap

Holder

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 448 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

449

Driving

Fuel Economy

Improving Fuel Economy

Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your

driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and

other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.

You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.

Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the

information display*/multi-information display*.

•Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.

•Maintain the specified tire pressure.

•Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.

•Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside

adds weight and increases wind resistance.

■Maintenance and Fuel Economy

1Improving Fuel Economy

Direct calculation is the recommended method to

determine actual fuel consumed while driving.

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are

established following a simulated test. For more

information on how this test is performed, please visit

http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/

Miles driven Gallons of

fuel

Miles per

Gallon

100 L per 100 km

Liters of

fuel

Kilometers

driven

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 449 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

450

Driving

Accessories and Modifications

Accessories

When installing accessories, check the following:

•Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and

delay your reaction to driving conditions.

•Do not install accessories over areas marked SRS AIRBAG, on the sides or backs

of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.

Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the

vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags

deploy.

•Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with

proper operation of your vehicle.

2Fuses P. 533

•Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for

assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.

Modifications

Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Honda components that can affect its

handling, stability, and reliability.

Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is

properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province,

territory, and local regulations.

1Accessories and Modifications

Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to

ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

WARNING

Improper accessories or modifications can

affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and

performance, and cause a crash in which

you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owner's

manual regarding accessories and

modifications.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 450 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

451

Maintenance

This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance

Inspection and Maintenance ............ 452

Safety When Performing Maintenance..... 453

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance

Service ........................................... 454

Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 455

Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood..... 463

Opening the Hood ........................... 464

Recommended Engine Oil ................ 465

Oil Check......................................... 466

Adding Engine Oil............................ 467

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ..... 468

Engine Coolant................................ 470

Transmission Fluid............................ 472

Brake Fluid....................................... 473

Power Steering Fluid Check.............. 474

Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 474

Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 475

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades

....486

Checking and Maintaining Tires

Checking Tires ................................. 490

Tire and Loading Information Label...... 491

Tire Labeling .................................... 491

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).......493

Wear Indicators................................ 495

Tire Service Life................................ 495

Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 496

Tire Rotation.................................... 497

Winter Tires ..................................... 498

Battery............................................... 499

Remote Transmitter Care................. 500

Remote Control and Wireless

Headphone Care*........................... 502

Heating and Cooling System*/Climate

Control System* Maintenance....... 504

Cleaning

Interior Care .................................... 505

Exterior Care.................................... 507

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 451 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

452

Maintenance

Before Performing Maintenance

Inspection and Maintenance

For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle

in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient

brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in

effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and

inspection information.

■Daily inspections

Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when

refueling.

■Periodic inspections

•Check the brake fluid level monthly.

2Brake Fluid P. 473

•Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.

2Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 490

•Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.

2Replacing Light Bulbs P. 475

•Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.

2Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 486

■Types of Inspection and Maintenance

1Inspection and Maintenance

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of

emissions control devices and systems may be

done by any automotive repair establishment or

individuals using parts that are “certified” to

EPA standards.

According to state and federal regulations, failure to

perform maintenance on the maintenance main

items marked with # will not void your emissions

warranties. However, all maintenance services should

be performed in accordance with the intervals

indicated by the information display*/multi-

information display*.

2Maintenance Service Items P. 457, 461

If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks

that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a

subscription to the Service Express website at

www.techinfo.honda.com.

2Authorized Manuals P. 551

If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make

sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.

After performing maintenance, update the records in

the separate maintenance booklet.

U.S. models

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 452 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

453

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance

Maintenance

Safety When Performing Maintenance

Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.

However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in

performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform

a given task.

•To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames

away from the battery and all fuel related parts.

•Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.

uHeat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.

•To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not

gasoline.

•Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or

compressed air.

•Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.

uOnly operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.

•The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.

uMake sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and

the engine is off.

•Be aware that hot parts can burn you.

uMake sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before

touching vehicle parts.

•Be aware that moving parts can injure you.

uDo not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away

from moving parts.

■Maintenance Safety

■Vehicle Safety

1Safety When Performing Maintenance

WARNING

Improperly maintaining this vehicle or

failing to correct a problem before driving

can cause a crash in which you can be

seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the inspection and

maintenance recommendations according

to the schedules in this owner's manual.

WARNING

Failure to properly follow maintenance

instructions and precautions can cause you

to be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the procedures and

precautions in this owner's manual.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 453 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

454

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

Maintenance

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and

servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the

same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 454 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

455

Continued

Maintenance

Maintenance MinderTM

If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages

appear on the information display* or the multi-information display* every time you

turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1. The messages notify you when to change the

engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance

services.

To Use Maintenance MinderTM

1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1.

2. Press the (Select/Reset) knob repeatedly

until the engine oil life appears on the

information display.

The Maintenance Minder indicator ( ) stays

on in the instrument panel after the engine oil

life becomes 0%. Have the indicated

maintenance done by a dealer immediately.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Displaying the Engine Oil Life

Models with information display

1Displaying the Engine Oil Life

Based on the engine operating conditions, the

remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed

as a percentage.

Displayed Engine Oil

Life (%)

Calculated Engine Oil

Life (%)

100 100 to 91

90 90 to 81

80 80 to 71

70 70 to 61

60 60 to 51

50 50 to 41

40 40 to 31

30 30 to 21

20 20 to 16

15 15 to 11

10 10 to 6

55 to 1

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 455 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

456

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

Maintenance

To switch the display, press the (Select/Reset) knob.

■Maintenance Minder Messages on the Information Display

Oil Life Display Explanation Information Maintenance Minder Indicator

The engine oil life indicator starts

to appear along with other due

soon maintenance item codes

when the remaining oil life

becomes 15 percent.

The engine oil is approaching the

end of its service life.

Starts to come on when the

remaining engine oil life becomes

15 percent.

It goes off when the display is

switched.

The SERVICE message also starts

to appear along with the engine oil

life indicator and the maintenance

item codes.

The engine oil has almost reached

the end of its service life, and the

maintenance items should be

inspected and serviced as soon as

possible.

The remaining engine oil life has

passed its service life, and a

negative distance appears after

driving over 10 miles (U.S. models)

or 10 km (Canadian models). The

negative distance on the display

blinks.

The engine oil life has passed.

The maintenance items must be

inspected and serviced

immediately. Stays on as a reminder even when

the display is switched.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 456 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

457

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

Continued

Maintenance

■Maintenance Service Items

1Maintenance Service Items

•Independent of the Maintenance Minder

information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

•Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000

km).

•Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if

they are noisy.

Maintenance Minder Message

Maintenance

Minder Indicator

Sub Items

Main Item

*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the

engine oil every year.

# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.

CODE Maintenance Main Items

A●Replace engine oil*1

B●Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter

●Inspect front and rear brakes/service as necessary

●Check parking brake adjustment

●Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots

●Inspect suspension components

●Inspect driveshaft boots

●Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)

●Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids

●Inspect exhaust system#

●Inspect fuel lines and connections#*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and

from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

*4: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110ºF, 43ºC), in very low temperatures (under -20

ºF, -29ºC), replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km.

CODE Maintenance Sub Items

1●Rotate tires

2●Replace air cleaner element*2

●Replace dust and pollen filter*3

●Inspect drive belt

3●Replace transmission fluid

4●Replace spark plugs

●Replace timing belt and inspect water pump*4

●Inspect valve clearance

5●Replace engine coolant

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 457 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

458

Maintenance

Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.

1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1.

2. Press and hold the (Select/Reset) knob

for 10 seconds or more.

uThe information display shows the reset

mode initial display.

3. Select oil life with the knob.

4. Press and hold the knob for a few

seconds to enter the oil life reset mode.

5. Press and hold the knob for five seconds

or more.

uThe displayed maintenance items

disappear and the engine oil life display

will return to 100%.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Resetting the Display

1Resetting the Display

NOTICE

Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance

service results in the system showing incorrect

maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious

mechanical problems.

The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after

completing the required maintenance service. If

someone other than a dealer performs maintenance

service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.

Reset Mode Initial Display

Oil Life

Outside Temperature*

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 458 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

459

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

Continued

Maintenance

To Use Maintenance MinderTM

1. Set the power mode to ON.

2. Press the SEL/RESET button repeatedly until the engine oil life appears on the

multi-information display.

■Displaying the Engine Oil Life

Models with multi-information display

1Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items

Based on the engine operating conditions, the

remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed

as a percentage.

Displayed Engine Oil

Life (%)

Calculated Engine Oil

Life (%)

100 100 to 91

90 90 to 81

80 80 to 71

70 70 to 61

60 60 to 51

50 50 to 41

40 40 to 31

30 30 to 21

20 20 to 16

15 15 to 11

10 10 to 6

55 to 1

SEL/RESET

Button

Engine Oil Life

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 459 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

460

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

Maintenance

The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.

■Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information

Display

Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information

SERVICE DUE SOON 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to

6 percent. Once you switch the

display by pressing the /

(information) button, this message

will go off.

The engine oil is approaching the end

of its service life, and the maintenance

items should be inspected and serviced

soon.

SERVICE DUE NOW 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1

percent. Press the / button

to switch to another display.

The engine oil has almost reached the

end of its service life, and the

maintenance items should be inspected

and serviced as soon as possible.

SERVICE PAST DUE Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has

passed its service life, and a negative

distance appears after driving over

10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km

(Canadian models). Press the /

button to switch to another

display.

The engine oil life has passed.

The maintenance items must be

inspected and serviced immediately.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 460 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

461

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

Continued

Maintenance

■Maintenance Service Items

1Maintenance Service Items

•Independent of the Maintenance Minder

information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

•Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000

km).

•Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if

they are noisy.

Maintenance Minder Message

System Message

Indicator

Sub ItemsMain Item

*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the

engine oil every year.

# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.

CODE Maintenance Main Items

A●Replace engine oil*1

B●Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter

●Inspect front and rear brakes/service as necessary

●Check parking brake adjustment

●Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots

●Inspect suspension components

●Inspect driveshaft boots

●Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)

●Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids

●Inspect exhaust system#

●Inspect fuel lines and connections#*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and

from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

*4: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110ºF, 43ºC), in very low temperatures (under -20

ºF, -29ºC), replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km.

CODE Maintenance Sub Items

1●Rotate tires

2●Replace air cleaner element*2

●Replace dust and pollen filter*3

●Inspect drive belt

3●Replace transmission fluid

4●Replace spark plugs

●Replace timing belt and inspect water pump*4

●Inspect valve clearance

5●Replace engine coolant

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 461 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

462

Maintenance

Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.

1. Set the power mode to ON.

2. Display the engine oil life by repeatedly pressing the SEL/RESET button.

3. Press and hold the SEL/RESET button for 10 seconds or more.

uThe oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display.

4. Select RESET with the / button, then press the SEL/RESET button.

uThe service code will disappear and the engine oil life display will return to

100%.

To cancel the oil life reset mode, select CANCEL, then press the SEL/RESET button.

■Resetting the Display

1Resetting the Display

NOTICE

Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance

service results in the system showing incorrect

maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious

mechanical problems.

The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after

completing the required maintenance service. If

someone other than a dealer performs maintenance

service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.

Maintenance

Item Codes

Engine Oil

Life

(information)

Button

SEL/RESET

Button

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 462 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

463

Maintenance

Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood

Engine Oil Dipstick

(Orange Loop)

Washer Fluid

(Blue Cap)

Engine Coolant

Reservoir

Radiator Cap

Brake Fluid

(Black Cap)

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Battery

Power Steering Fluid

(Red Cap)

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 463 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

464

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

Maintenance

Opening the Hood

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set

the parking brake.

2. Pull the hood release handle under the

lower left corner of the dashboard.

uThe hood will pop up slightly.

3. Slide the hood latch lever in the center of

the hood to release the lock mechanism,

and open the hood.

4. Remove the support rod from the clamp

using the grip. Mount the support rod in

the hood.

When closing, remove the support rod, and

stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the

hood. Remove your hand at a height of

approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the

hood close.

1Opening the Hood

NOTICE

Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are

raised.

The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage

either the hood or the wipers.

When closing the hood, check that the hood is

securely latched.

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can

open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch

mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

Hood Release Handle

Pull

Lever

Support Rod

Grip

Clamp

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 464 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

465

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil

Maintenance

Recommended Engine Oil

Oil is a major contributor to your engine's

performance and longevity. If you drive the

vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,

the engine may fail or be damaged.

This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving

and that it meets the American Petroleum

Institute’s latest requirements.

Use a Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another

commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for

the ambient temperature as shown.

■Synthetic oil

You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal

and is the specified viscosity grade.

•Genuine Honda Motor Oil

•Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the

container.

1Recommended Engine Oil

Engine Oil Additives

Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,

they may adversely affect the engine performance

and durability.

Ambient Temperature

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 465 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

466

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

Maintenance

Oil Check

We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.

Park the vehicle on level ground.

Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the

oil.

1. Remove the dipstick (orange loop).

2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or

paper towel.

3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its

hole.

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the

level. It should be between the upper and

lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

1Oil Check

If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly

add oil being careful not to overfill.

Upper Mark

Lower Mark

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 466 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

467

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

Maintenance

Adding Engine Oil

1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.

2. Add oil slowly.

3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten

it securely.

4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the

engine oil dipstick.

1Adding Engine Oil

If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately. Spilled oil may

damage the engine compartment components.

NOTICE

Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.

Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and

engine damage.

Engine Oil

Fill Cap

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 467 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

468

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Maintenance

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the

engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.

Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the

information display*/multi-information display*.

1. Run the engine until it reaches normal

operating temperature, and then turn the

engine off.

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil

fill cap.

3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from

the bottom of the engine, and drain the

oil into a suitable container.

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

NOTICE

You may damage the environment if you do not

dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are

changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of

the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take

it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away

into a garbage can or onto the ground.

Washer

Drain Bolt

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 468 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

469

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Maintenance

4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the

remaining oil.

5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to

the engine contact surface.

uIf it is stuck, you must detach it.

6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the

contact surface of the engine block, and

install a new oil filter.

uApply a light coat of new engine oil to

the filter gasket.

7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then

reinstall the drain bolt.

uTightening torque:

29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)

8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the

engine.

uEngine oil change capacity (including

filter):

4.5 US qt (4.3 L)

9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and

start the engine.

10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and

then check that there is no leak from the

drain bolt or oil filter.

11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,

and then check the oil level on the

dipstick.

uIf necessary, add more engine oil.

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

You will need a special wrench to replace the oil

filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.

When installing the new oil filter, follow the

instructions supplied with the oil filter.

Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The

low oil pressure indicator should go off within five

seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check

your work.

Oil Filter

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 469 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

470

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

Maintenance

Engine Coolant

This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any

straight antifreeze or water.

We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the

reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the

radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.

1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve

tank.

2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,

add the specified coolant until it reaches

the MAX mark.

3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2

■Reserve Tank

1Engine Coolant

NOTICE

If temperatures consistently below −22°F (−30°C) are

expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to

a higher concentration. Consult a dealer for more

information.

If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may

use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a

temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality

coolant recommended for aluminum engines.

Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result

in corrosion, causing the cooling system to

malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed

and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as

possible.

Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your

vehicle's cooling system. They may not be compatible

with the coolant or with the engine components.

Reserve

Tank

MAX

MIN

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 470 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

471

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

Maintenance

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are

cool.

2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and

relieve any pressure in the coolant system.

Do not push the cap down when turning.

3. Push down and turn the radiator cap

counterclockwise to remove it.

4. The coolant level should be up to the base

of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.

5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it

fully.

6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it

reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back

on the reserve tank.

■Radiator

1Radiator

NOTICE

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill

any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can

damage components in the engine compartment.

WARNING

Removing the radiator cap while the

engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray

out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool

down before removing the radiator cap.

Radiator Cap

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 471 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

472

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid

Maintenance

Transmission Fluid

Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.

■Automatic Transmission Fluid

Specified fluid: Honda ATF DW-1 (automatic transmission fluid)

1Automatic Transmission Fluid

NOTICE

Do not mix Honda ATF DW-1 with other

transmission fluids.

Using a transmission fluid other than Honda ATF

DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and

durability of your vehicle's transmission, and damage

the transmission.

Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that

is not equivalent to Honda ATF DW-1 is not covered

by Honda's new vehicle warranty.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 472 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

473

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid

Maintenance

Brake Fluid

The fluid level should be between the MIN

and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.

Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

■Checking the Brake Fluid

1Brake Fluid

NOTICE

Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your

vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive

damage.

If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should

use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed

container as a temporary replacement.

Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion

and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the

brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy

Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.

If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,

have a dealer inspect for leaks or worn brake pads as

soon as possible.

Brake Reservoir

MIN

MAX

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 473 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

474

uuMaintenance Under the HooduPower Steering Fluid Check

Maintenance

Power Steering Fluid Check

We recommend that you check the power steering fluid level every time you refuel.

Check when the engine is not running.

1. Look at the side of the reservoir. The fluid

should be between the UPPER LEVEL and

LOWER LEVEL.

2. Add power steering fluid if necessary to the

UPPER LEVEL mark.

uInspect the system for a leak. If the fluid

level goes below the LOWER LEVEL

frequently, have the system inspected as

soon as possible.

Refilling Window Washer Fluid

Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir.

If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.

If the washer fluid is low, the washer level

indicator comes on.

If the washer fluid is low, a message appears

on the multi-information display.

Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.

Specified fluid: Honda Power Steering Fluid

1Power Steering Fluid Check

NOTICE

Turning the steering wheel to full left or right lock

and holding it there can damage the power steering

pump.

NOTICE

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill

any. Clean up any spills immediately; it could damage

components in the engine compartment.

Upper Level

Lower Level

1Refilling Window Washer Fluid

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water

solution in the windshield washer reservoir.

Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A

vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield

washer pump.

Canadian models with information display

Canadian models with multi-information display

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 474 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

475

Continued

Maintenance

Replacing Light Bulbs

Headlight Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the clips using a flat-tip

screwdriver, then remove the upper part of

the air intake duct.

High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3 for halogen bulb type)

Low beam headlight: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb type)*

Low beam headlight: 35 W (D2S for high voltage discharge type)*

■High Beam Headlight

1Headlight Bulbs

NOTICE

Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.

Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause

the bulb to overheat and shatter.

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not

need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry

heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have

the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified

technician.

When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base,

and protect the glass from contact with your skin or

hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with

denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

The exterior lights' inside lenses (headlights, brake

lights, etc.) may fog temporarily after a car wash or

while driving in the rain. This does not impact the

exterior light function.

However, if you see a large amount of water or ice

accumulated inside the lenses, have your vehicle

inspected by a dealer.

Clip

Driver side

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 475 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuReplacing Light Bulbs uHeadlight Bulbs

476

Maintenance

1. Remove the clips using a flat-tip

screwdriver, then remove the engine

coolant reservoir out of its stay.

Remove the power steering reservoir from

the stay bracket.

1High Beam Headlight

Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the

central pin to remove the clip.

Insert the clip with the central pin raised, and push

until it is flat.

Holding clip

Central pin

Push until the

pin is flat.

Clip

Stay Bracket

Passenger side

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 476 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

477

uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs

Continued

Maintenance

2. Push the tab to remove the coupler.

3. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.

4. Insert a new bulb into the headlight

assembly and turn it to the right.

5. Insert the coupler into the connector of the

bulb.

Tab

Coupler

Bulb

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 477 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

478

uuReplacing Light Bulbs uHeadlight Bulbs

Maintenance

High voltage can remain in the circuit for a long period of time after the light is

switched off. Do not attempt to inspect or replace the high voltage discharge type

bulbs yourself. Ask a dealer to inspect and replace low beam headlights.

1. Push the tab to remove the coupler.

2. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.

3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight

assembly and turn it to the right.

4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the

bulb.

■Low Beam Headlights

Models with high voltage discharge tube bulbs

Models with halogen low beam headlight bulbs

Tab

Coupler

Bulb

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 478 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

479

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs*

Maintenance

Fog Light Bulbs*

When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the

opposite side from the fog light being

replaced.

Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel

to the left.

Driver side: Turn the steering wheel to the

right.

2. Remove the mounting bolt and screws, and

pull the inner fender back.

3. Push the tab to remove the coupler.

4. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.

5. Insert a new bulb into the fog light

assembly and turn it to the right.

6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the

bulb.

Fog Light: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb type)

1Fog Light Bulbs*

NOTICE

Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,

or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to

overheat and shatter.

When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its

plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with

your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean

it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

Screws

Mounting

Bolt

Bulb

Coupler

Tab

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 479 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

480

uuReplacing Light Bulbs uFront Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs

Maintenance

Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.

2. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs*

Door mirrors have the side turn lights. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and

replace the light assembly.

Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light: 28/8 W

Bulb

Socket

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 480 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

481

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light, Rear Side Marker/Taillight and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs

Continued

Maintenance

Brake Light, Rear Side Marker/Taillight and Rear

Turn Signal Light Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the mounting bolts.

Brake Light: 21 W

Rear Side Marker/Taillight: LED

Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber)

1Brake Light, Rear Side Marker/Taillight and Rear Turn Signal Light

Bulbs

Rear Side Marker/Taillight bulbs are LED type. Have

an authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the

light assembly.

Mounting

Bolts

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 481 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuReplacing Light Bulbs uBrake Light, Rear Side Marker/Taillight and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs

482

Maintenance

2. Place one hand on the outer corner of the

taillight assembly and other hand on the

lower edge of the taillight, near the cargo

area.

3. Pull the outer corner of the taillight

assembly toward you while supporting the

assembly with the hand closest to the cargo

area.

4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.

5. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

1Brake Light, Rear Side Marker/Taillight and Rear Turn Signal Light

Bulbs

To reinstall, insert the fasteners into the grommets

and push the assembly back into place.

uDo not reinstall the assembly if the grommets are

loose or out of the holes. Contact a dealer to

replace them.

Grommet

Bulb

Socket

Upper

Fastener

Lower

Fastener

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 482 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

483

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up/Taillight Bulbs

Maintenance

Back-Up/Taillight Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge of

the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver.

uWrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth

to prevent scratches.

2. Push the tab to remove the coupler.

3. Remove the base gasket.

4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.

5. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

Back-Up Light: 21 W

Taillight: LED

1Back-Up/Taillight Bulbs

Taillight bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized

Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Cover

Bulb

Coupler

Tab

Socket

Gasket

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 483 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

484

uuReplacing Light Bulbs uRear License Plate Light Bulbs

Maintenance

Rear License Plate Light Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge of

the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver.

uWrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth

to prevent scratches.

2. Remove the license plate light assembly by

squeezing the tabs on both sides of the

socket.

3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

Rear License Plate Light: 5 W

Cover

Bulb Socket

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 484 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

485

uuReplacing Light BulbsuHigh-Mount Brake Light Bulb

Maintenance

High-Mount Brake Light Bulb

When replacing, use the following bulb.

1. Remove the lens segment by prying on the

edge using a flat-tip screwdriver.

uWrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth

to prevent scratches.

2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.

3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

High-Mount Brake Light: 16 W

Screw

Lens Segment

Bulb

Socket

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 485 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

486

Maintenance

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades

Checking Wiper Blades

If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the metal wiper

arm may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the

passenger side.

2. Press and hold the tab, then slide the blade

out from the wiper arm.

1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

NOTICE

Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the

windshield.

Tab

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 486 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

487

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper Blades uChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

Maintenance

3. Pull the end of the wiper blade to the

direction of the arrow in the image until it

unfastens from the holder’s end cap.

4. Pull the wiper blade to the opposite

direction to slide it out from its holder.

5. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade

onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert

the blade all the way.

6. Install the end of the wiper blade into the

cap.

7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm

until it locks.

8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,

then the driver side.

Wiper

Blade

End Cap at

the bottom

Holder

Cap

Wiper

Blade

Holder

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 487 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

488

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber

Maintenance

Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber

1. Raise the wiper arm off.

2. Pivot the bottom end of the wiper blade up

until it comes off from the wiper arm.

3. Slide the blade out of the wiper.

4. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and

mount it to a new rubber blade.

1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber

NOTICE

Avoid dropping the wiper arm, it may damage the

rear window.

Wiper

Blade

Wiper Arm

Blade

Retainer

Rubber

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 488 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

489

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber

Maintenance

5. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder.

uMake sure it is engaged correctly, then

install the wiper blade assembly onto the

wiper arm.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 489 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

490

Maintenance

Checking and Maintaining Tires

Checking Tires

To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in

good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.

■Inflation guidelines

Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.

Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure.

Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and

are more likely to fail from overheating.

Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,

and wear unevenly.

Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the

others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in

all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to

20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm2) per month.

■Inspection guidelines

Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.

Look for:

•Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,

splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.

•Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.

•Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.

•Excessive tread wear.

2Wear Indicators P. 495

•Cracks or other damage around valve stem.

1Checking Tires

Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This

means the vehicle has been parked for at least three

hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If

necessary, add or release air until the specified

pressure is reached.

If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as

4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if

checked when cold.

Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent

vibration while driving. New tires and any that have

been removed and reinstalled should be properly

balanced.

WARNING

Using tires that are excessively worn or

improperly inflated can cause a crash in

which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owner’s

manual regarding tire inflation and

maintenance.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 490 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

491

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label

Continued

Maintenance

Tire and Loading Information Label

The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading

information.

Tire Labeling

The tires that came on your vehicle have a

number of markings. Those you should be

aware of are described below.

Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

1Tire and Loading Information Label

The tire and loading information label attached to the

driver’s doorjamb contains:

aThe number of people your vehicle can carry.

bThe total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not

exceed this weight.

cThe original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.

dThe proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and

spare.

Label

Example

Example Tire Size

Tire

Identification

Number (TIN)

Maximum

Tire Load

Maximum

Tire Pressure

Tire Size

■Tire Sizes

1Tire Sizes

Following is an example of tire size with an

explanation of what each component means.

P235/60 R18 102T

P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).

235: Tire width in millimeters.

60: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a

percentage of its width).

R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).

18: Rim diameter in inches.

102: Load index (a numerical code associated with

the maximum load the tire can carry).

T: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the

maximum speed rating).

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 491 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

492

Maintenance

The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like

the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.

Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at

least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given

inflation pressure.

Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can

hold.

Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum

permissible inflation pressure for that tire.

Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended

by the manufacturer.

Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves

designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

■Tire Identification Number (TIN)

■Glossary of Tire Terminology

1Tire Identification Number (TIN)

DOT B97R FW6X 2209

DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all

requirements of the U.S. Department of

Transportation.

B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark.

FW6X: Tire type code.

22 09: Date of manufacture.

Year

Week

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 492 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

493

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

Continued

Maintenance

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety

Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,

and temperature performance according to Department of

Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these

gradings.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall

between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear

rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a

specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150

would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the

government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance

of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,

and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in

driving habits, service practices and differences in road

characteristics and climate.

■Uniform Tire Quality Grading

■Treadwear

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

For example:

Treadwear 200

Traction AA

Temperature A

All passenger car tires must conform

to Federal Safety Requirements in

addition to these grades.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 493 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

494

Maintenance

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.

Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement

as measured under controlled conditions on specified

government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked

C may have poor traction performance.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,

representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its

ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions

on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high

temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and

reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire

failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which

all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels

of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum

required by law.

■Traction

■Temperature

1Traction

Warning: The traction grade

assigned to this tire is based on

straight-ahead braking traction tests,

and does not include acceleration,

cornering, hydroplaning, or peak

traction characteristics.

1Temperature

Warning: The temperature grade for

this tire is established for a tire that is

properly inflated and not

overloaded. Excessive speed,

underinflation, or excessive loading,

either separately or in combination,

can cause heat buildup and possible

tire failure.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 494 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

495

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators

Maintenance

Wear Indicators

The groove where the wear indicator is

located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than

elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so

that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.

Worn out tires have poor traction on wet

roads.

Tire Service Life

The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road

conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and

environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is

recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five

years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10

years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

1Checking Tires

High speed driving

We recommend that you do not drive faster than the

posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive

at sustained high speeds (over 99 mph or 160 km/h),

adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below to

avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire failure.

Tire Size P235/65R17 103T

Pressure Front: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2)

Rear: 35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm2)

Tire Size P235/60R18 102T

Pressure Front: 35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm2)

Rear: 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2)

Example of a Wear

Indicator mark

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 495 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

496

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

Maintenance

Tire and Wheel Replacement

Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and

maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a

different size or construction can cause the ABS and VSA® (vehicle stability assist)

system to work incorrectly.

It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the

front or rear tires in pairs.

If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.

Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.

1Tire and Wheel Replacement

WARNING

Installing improper tires on your vehicle can

affect handling and stability. This can cause

a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or

killed.

Always use the size and type of tires

recommended in this owner’s manual.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 496 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

497

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation

Maintenance

Tire Rotation

Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the information display*/

multi-information display* helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.

■Tires without rotation marks

Rotate the tires as shown here.

■Tires with rotation marks

Rotate the tires as shown here.

1Tire Rotation

Tires with directional tread patterns should only be

rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).

Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation

indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

FRONT

Rotation Mark

Front

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 497 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

498

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires

Maintenance

Winter Tires

If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,

or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when

driving.

Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent

skidding.

Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.

When mounting, refer to the following points.

For winter tires:

•Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.

•Mount the tires to all four wheels.

For tire chains:

•Install them on the front tires only.

•Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the

chains listed below:

•Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as

tightly as you can.

•Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.

•Drive slowly.

Cable-type: SCC Super Z-6# SZ-429

1Winter Tires

NOTICE

Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly

installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines,

suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are

hitting any part of the vehicle.

When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain

manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle

operational limits.

If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be

aware that these tires are not designed for winter

driving conditions. For more information, contact a

dealer.

WARNING

Using the wrong chains, or not properly

installing chains, can damage the brake

lines and cause a crash in which you can be

seriously injured or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owner's

manual regarding the selection and use of

tire chains.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 498 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

499

Maintenance

Battery

Checking the Battery

The battery condition is being monitored by

the sensor on the negative terminal. If there is

a problem with the sensor, the warning

message on information display*/multi-

information display* will let you know. Have

your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Check the battery terminals for corrosion

monthly.

If your vehicle's battery is disconnected or goes dead:

•The audio system is disabled.

2Reactivating the audio system P. 208

•The clock resets.

2Clock P. 108

•The navigation system* is disabled.

2Refer to the Navigation System Manual

Charging the Battery

Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system.

Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.

1Battery

WARNING: Battery post, terminals,

and related accessories contain lead

and lead compounds.

Wash your hands after handling.

When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals

by applying a baking powder and water solution.

Clean terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry

the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help

prevent future corrosion.

When replacing the battery, the replacement must be

of the same specifications.

Please consult a dealer for more information.

WARNING

The battery gives off explosive hydrogen

gas during normal operation.

A spark or flame can cause the battery to

explode with enough force to kill or

seriously hurt you.

When conducting any battery

maintenance, wear protective clothing and

a face shield, or have a skilled technician do

it.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 499 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

500

Maintenance

Remote Transmitter Care

Replacing the Button Battery

If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

1. Unscrew the cover with a small Phillips-

head screwdriver. Press a button to pry

open the transmitter.

2. Open the keypad.

uSeparate the inner cover from the

keypad by releasing the two tabs on the

cover.

3. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

■Master Keys with Remote Transmitter*

1Replacing the Button Battery

NOTICE

An improperly disposed of battery can damage the

environment. Always confirm local regulations for

battery disposal.

Replacement batteries are commercially available or

at a dealer.

Keypad

Screw

Battery type: CR1616

Battery

Tab

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 500 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

501

uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery

Maintenance

1. Remove the built-in key.

2. Remove the upper half of the cover by

carefully prying on the edge with a coin.

uRemove carefully to avoid losing the

buttons.

uWrap a coin with a cloth to prevent

scratching the smart entry remote.

3. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

■Smart Entry Remote*

Battery type: CR2032

Battery

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 501 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

502

Maintenance

Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care*

Replacing the Battery

If it takes several pushes on the remote control buttons to operate the rear

entertainment system.

1. Remove the cover.

2. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

■Remote Control

Models with Rear Entertainment System

1Replacing the Battery

NOTICE

An improperly disposed of battery can damage the

environment. Always confirm local regulations for

battery disposal.

Replacement batteries are commercially available or

at a dealer.

Battery type: BR3032

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 502 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

503

uuRemote Control and Wireless Headphone Care*uReplacing the Battery

Maintenance

If there is no sound coming from the wireless headphone, replace the battery.

1. To open the cover, insert a coin in the slot

and twist it slightly to pry the cover away

from the earpiece.

2. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

■Wireless Headphone

Coin

Battery type: AAA

Cover

Battery

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 503 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

504

Maintenance

Heating and Cooling System

/Climate Control System

Maintenance

Dust and Pollen Filter

The heating and cooling system/climate control system is equipped with a dust and

pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance

MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter.

We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your

vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.

1Dust and Pollen Filter

If the airflow from the heating and cooling system/

climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and

the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be

replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 504 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

505

Continued

Maintenance

Cleaning

Interior Care

Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.

Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.

Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.

Let the belts air dry. Wipe the loops of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.

■Cleaning Seat Belts

1Interior Care

Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.

Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if

liquids are splashed on them.

Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices

such as audio devices and switches.

Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire

inside the vehicle.

If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on

electrical devices, consult a dealer.

Depending on their composition, chemicals and

liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,

and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.

Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as

benzene or gasoline.

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them

off using a dry cloth.

Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts

or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

Loop

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 505 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuCleaninguInterior Care

506

Maintenance

The front and second row passenger’s floor

mats hook over the floor anchors, which keep

the mats from sliding forward. To remove a

mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the

unlock position. When reinstalling the mat

after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock

position.

Do not put additional floor mats on top of

the anchored mats.

Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats

and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and

10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or

dirt on leather surfaces immediately.

■Floor Mats

1Floor Mats

If you use any floor mats that were not originally

provided with your vehicle, make sure they are

designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and

are securely anchored by the floor anchors.

Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If they are

not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere

with the front seat functions.

To Unlock

Front

(Driver Side)

Rear To Unlock

■Maintaining Genuine Leather*

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 506 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

507

uuCleaninguExterior Care

Continued

Maintenance

Exterior Care

Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.

Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a

painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.

Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following

conditions:

•If driving on roads with road salt.

•If driving in coastal areas.

•If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

Fold in the door mirrors. Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the

automated car wash.

•Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.

•Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to

enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray water into the engine compartment.

■Washing the Vehicle

■Using an Automated Car Wash

■Using High Pressure Cleaners

1Washing the Vehicle

Do not spray water into the air intake vents or engine

compartment. It can cause a malfunction.

Air

Intake

Vents

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 507 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

508

Maintenance

A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the

elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the

elements, so reapply as necessary.

If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they

may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and

clean water.

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road

contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.

Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or

a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that

helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.

■Applying Wax

■Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

■Cleaning the Window

■Maintaining Aluminum Wheels*

1Applying Wax

NOTICE

Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage

the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe up

spills immediately.

1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when

you want to repair the painted surface of the parts

made of resin.

1Cleaning the Window

Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.

Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a

soft cloth so as not to damage them.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 508 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

509

Handling the Unexpected

This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Tools

Types of Tools .................................. 510

If a Tire Goes Flat

Changing a Flat Tire......................... 511

Engine Does Not Start

Checking the Engine........................ 520

If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak...521

Emergency Engine Stop ................... 522

Jump Starting.................................... 523

Shift Lever Does Not Move.............. 525

Overheating

How to Handle Overheating............. 526

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes

On ............................................. 528

If the Charging System Indicator Comes

On ................................................. 528

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes

On or Blinks ................................... 529

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes

On ................................................. 530

If the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes

On ................................................. 531

If the TPMS Indicator Comes On ...... 531

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator

Comes On or Blinks ....................... 532

Fuses

Fuse Locations ................................. 533

Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 538

Emergency Towing........................... 539

When You Cannot Open or Close the

Tailgate............................................ 540

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 509 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

510

Handling the Unexpected

Tools

Types of Tools

1Types of Tools

The tools were stored under the second row seat.

Wheel Nut Wrench/

Jack Handle

Jack

Jack Handle Bar

Bracket Mounting Wing

Bolt (B)

Mounting Wing

Bolt (A)

Storage Bag

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 510 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

511

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

If a Tire Goes Flat

Changing a Flat Tire

If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually

to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact

spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or

replaced.

1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to (P.

3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

1Changing a Flat Tire

Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact

spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.

Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)

When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the

vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with

a full-size tire as soon as possible.

The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are

specifically for this model.

Do not use them with another vehicle.

Do not use another type of compact spare tire or

wheel with your vehicle.

Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.

If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of

the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact

spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it

with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.

Mount the tire chains on the front tire.

Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire,

as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 511 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

512

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

1. Remove the floor mat under the second

row seat.

2Floor Mats P. 506

2. Pull up the floor carpet.

3. Lift up the floor lid using the handle and

remove it.

4. Take the tool case out of the spare tire well.

Take the jack and wheel nut wrench out of

the tool case.

5. Unscrew the wing bolt, then remove the

spare tire.

6. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear

of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.

■Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire

Floor Carpet

Handle Floor Lid

Spare Tire

Tool Case

Wheel

Blocks

The tire to be replaced.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 512 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

513

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

7. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)

under the vehicle body, near the tire that

needs to be replaced.

8. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn

using the wheel nut wrench.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 513 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

514

Handling the Unexpected

1. Place the jack under the jacking point

closest to the tire to be changed.

2. Turn the end bracket (as shown in the

image) clockwise until the top of the jack

contacts the jacking point.

uMake sure that the jacking point tab is

resting in the jack notch.

3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar

and the jack handle, until the tire is off the

ground.

■How to Set Up the Jack

1How to Set Up the Jack

Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the

vehicle.

Use the jack provided in your vehicle.

Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or

their shape may not match.

The following instructions must be followed to use

the jack safely.

•Do not use while the engine is running.

•Use only where the ground is firm and level.

•Use only at the jacking points.

•Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.

•Do not put anything on top of or underneath the

jack.

WARNING

The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,

seriously injuring anyone underneath.

Follow the directions for changing a tire

exactly, and never get under the vehicle

when it is supported only by the jack.

Jack

Handle

Bar Wheel Nut

Wrench as Jack Handle

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 514 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Continued 515

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.

1. Remove the wheel nuts, wheel cover, and

flat tire.

2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel

with a clean cloth.

3. Mount the compact spare tire.

4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the

lips around the mounting holes, and stop

rotating.

■Replacing the Flat Tire

1Replacing the Flat Tire

Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra

torque using your foot or a pipe.

Do not attempt to forcibly pry the wheel cover off

with a screwdriver or other tool.

The wheel cover cannot be removed without first

removing the wheel nuts.

Models with wheel cover

Models with aluminum wheels

Wheel Cover

Models with wheel cover

All models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 515 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

516

Handling the Unexpected

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.

Tighten the wheel nuts in the order

indicated in the image. Go around,

tightening the nuts, two to three times in

this order.

Wheel nut torque:

94 lbf∙ft (127 N∙m, 13 kgf∙m)

The storage bag, bracket, mounting wing bolt

(A) and mounting wing bolt (B) are in the tool

case.

1. Put the flat tire in the storage bag provided

with your vehicle.

■Storing the Flat Tire

1Storing the Flat Tire

WARNING

Loose items can fly around the interior in a

crash and can seriously injure the

occupants.

Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely

before driving.

Bracket

Mounting Wing Bolt (A)

Mounting Wing Bolt (B)

Storage Bag

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 516 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

517

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

2. Pull down the U-shaped carpet piece, fold

it, and tuck the end under the carpet.

3. Remove the plastic screw with a coin.

4. Install the bracket and the mounting wing

bolt (A) on the attachment point, and

tighten the bolt.

5. Install the flat tire on the bracket with the

inside of the wheel facing toward you.

6. Install the mounting wing bolt (B) to the

bracket through one of the five wheel nut

holes, and tighten the bolt.

uPoke a hole in the storage bag as

needed.

Plastic Screw

Carpet Piece

Mounting Wing Bolt (A)

Mounting Wing

Bolt (B)

Bracket

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 517 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

518

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

■Storing a flat tire on the folded third row seat

1. Turn over the flap on the left side of the

cargo area floor.

2. Pull down the U-shaped carpet piece and

remove the plastic screw with a coin.

3. Place the flat tire face down on the

attachment point.

4. Put the tire mounting wing bolt (B) in the

attachment point through one of the five

wheel nut holes, and tighten the bolt.

uPoke a hole in the storage bag as

needed.

Plastic Screw

Carpet Piece

Mounting Wing

Bolt (B)

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 518 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

519

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

Handling the Unexpected

If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure indicator comes on

while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will go

off and the TPMS indicator comes on, but this is normal.

If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the low tire pressure or TPMS

indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).

If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator

comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the

indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. CHECK TPMS

SYSTEM appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal.

If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the

multi-information display and the TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles

(kilometers).

■TPMS and the Spare Tire

1TPMS and the Spare Tire

The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare

tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure

that it is correct.

Use TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a

tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind

the valve stem.

Models with information display

Models with multi-information display

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 519 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

520

Handling the Unexpected

Engine Does Not Start

Checking the Engine

If the engine does not start, check the starter.

Starter condition Checklist

Starter doesn’t turn or turns

over slowly.

The battery may be dead. Check

each of the items on the right and

respond accordingly.

Check for a message on the multi-information display.

●If the TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START BUTTON message appears

2If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 521

uMake sure the smart entry remote is in its operating range.

2ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 143

Check brightness of the interior light.

Turn on interior lights and check brightness.

●If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all

2Battery P. 499

●If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses P. 533

The starter turns over normally

but the engine doesn’t start.

There may be a problem with the

fuse. Check each of the items on

the right and respond accordingly.

Review the engine start procedure.

Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 407, 409

Check the immobilizer system indicator.

When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.

2Immobilizer System P. 135

Check the fuel level.

There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P. 92

Check the fuse.

Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.

2Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 538

If the problem continues:

2Emergency Towing P. 539

1Checking the Engine

If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an

assisting vehicle to jump start it.

2Jump Starting P. 523

Models with multi-information display

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 520 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

521

uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

Handling the Unexpected

If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

If the beeper sounds, the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button flashes,

and the engine won’t start.

The TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START BUTTON message appears on the

multi-information display.

Start the engine as follows.

1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/

STOP button with the H logo on the smart

entry remote while the indicator on the

ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing.

The buttons on the smart entry remote

should be facing you.

uThe indicator flashes for about 30

seconds.

2. Depress the brake pedal and press the

ENGINE START/STOP button within 10

seconds after the beeper sounds and the

indicator stays on.

uIf you don’t depress the pedal, the mode

will change to ACCESSORY.

Models with smart entry system

Models with multi-information display

All models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 521 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

522

uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop

Handling the Unexpected

Emergency Engine Stop

The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an

emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the

following operations:

•Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for two seconds.

•Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice.

•The steering wheel will not lock. The power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF with

the shift lever in (P, and to ACCESSORY with the shift lever in any position other

than (P.

•Because turning off the engine also disables the power assist the engine provides

to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical

effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Downshift gears and use both feet

on the brake pedal, if necessary, to slow the vehicle and stop immediately in a

safe place.

Models with smart entry system

1Emergency Engine Stop

NOTICE

Do not press the button while driving unless it is

absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched

off.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 522 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

523

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Jump Starting

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,

then open the hood.

1. Connect the first jumper cable to your

vehicle's battery + terminal.

2. Connect the other end of the first jumper

cable to the booster battery + terminal.

uUse a 12-volt booster battery only.

3. Connect the second jumper cable to the

booster battery - terminal.

4. Connect the other end of the second

jumper cable to the grounding point as

shown.

Do not connect this jumper cable to any

other part.

5. If your vehicle is connected to another

vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine

and increase its rpm slightly.

6. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it

turns over slowly, check that the jumper

cables have good metal-to-metal contact.

■Jump Starting Procedure

1Jump Starting

Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they

do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be

careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the

cable ends to touch each other while attaching or

detaching the jumper cables.

Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and

may prevent the engine from starting.

WARNING

A battery can explode if you do not follow

the correct procedure, seriously injuring

anyone nearby.

Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking

materials away from the battery.

Booster

Battery

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 523 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

524

uuJump Startingu

Handling the Unexpected

Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following

order.

1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground.

2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -

terminal.

3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's battery + terminal.

4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +

terminal.

Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.

■What to Do After the Engine Starts

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 524 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

525

Handling the Unexpected

Shift Lever Does Not Move

Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P

position.

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

2. Remove the built-in key from the smart

entry remote.

3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flat-

tip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock

release slot as shown in the image, and

remove the cover.

4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.

5. While pushing the key in, press the shift

lever release button and place the shift lever

into (N.

uThe lock is now released. Have the shift

lever checked by a dealer as soon as

possible.

■Releasing the Lock

Slot

Cover

Models without smart entry system

Models with smart entry system

All models

Release

Button

Shift Lock

Release Slot

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 525 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

526

Handling the Unexpected

Overheating

How to Handle Overheating

Overheating symptoms are as follows:

•The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses

power.

•Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

■First thing to do

1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.

2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.

uNo steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.

uSteam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.

Then open the hood.

1How to Handle Overheating

NOTICE

Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge

needle at the mark may damage the engine.

WARNING

Steam and spray from an overheated

engine can seriously scald you.

Do not open the hood if steam is coming

out.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 526 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

527

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

Handling the Unexpected

■Next thing to do

1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and

stop the engine once the temperature

gauge needle comes down.

uIf the cooling fan is not operating,

immediately stop the engine.

2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect

the coolant level and check the cooling

system components for leaks.

uIf the coolant level in the reserve tank is

low, add coolant until it reaches the

MAX mark.

uIf there is no coolant in the reserve tank,

check that the radiator is cool. Cover the

radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open

the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to

the base of the filler neck, and put the

cap back on.

■Last thing to do

Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.

If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone

down, contact a dealer for repairs.

1How to Handle Overheating

If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.

Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.

Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze

as soon as possible.

WARNING

Removing the radiator cap while the

engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray

out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool

down before removing the radiator cap.

MAX

Reserve

Tank

MIN

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 527 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

528

Handling the Unexpected

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.

■What to do as soon as the indicator comes on

1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.

2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.

■What to do after parking the vehicle

1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes.

2. Open the hood and check the oil level.

uAdd oil as necessary.

2Oil Check P. 466

3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.

uThe light goes out: Start driving again.

uThe light does not go out within 10 seconds: Stop the engine and

contact a dealer for repairs immediately.

If the Charging System Indicator Comes On

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

Comes on when the battery is not being charged.

■What to do when the indicator comes on

Turn off the heating and cooling system*/climate control system*, rear

defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer

for repairs.

1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On

NOTICE

Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause

serious mechanical damage almost immediately.

1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On

If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the

engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge

the battery.

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 528 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

529

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

Handling the Unexpected

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or

Blinks

■Reasons for indicator lamp to come on or blink

•Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control

system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.

•Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.

■What to do when the indicator lamp comes on

Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a

dealer.

■What to do when the indicator lamp blinks

Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least

10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

■The message appears on when:

An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being

loose or not being installed.

■What to do when the message appears:

1. Stop the engine.

2. Check that the fuel fill cap is fully installed.

uIf not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.

3. Drive for several days of normal driving.

uThe message should go off.

■When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on

Malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of

gasoline vapor. If this happens, check the fuel fill cap using the procedures described

above.

■Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message

1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE

If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,

the emissions control system and the engine could be

damaged.

If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when

restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at

31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle

inspected.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 529 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

530

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

Handling the Unexpected

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

•The brake fluid is low.

•There is a malfunction in the brake system.

■What to do when the indicator comes on while driving

Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.

•If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.

•If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the

transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.

1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

Have your vehicle repaired immediately.

It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there

is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop

immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift

the gears.

If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come

on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution

system is not working. This can result in vehicle

instability under sudden braking.

Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.

U.S.

Canada

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 530 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

531

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes On

Handling the Unexpected

If the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes On

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

A tire pressure is significantly low. If the compact spare tire is installed,

the indicator stays on for a while, then goes off after driving a few miles

(kilometers).

■What to do when the indicator comes on

Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the

pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on

the driver side doorjamb.

If the TPMS Indicator Comes On

■Reasons for the indicator to come on

•Comes on when there is a problem with the TPMS.

•If the compact spare is installed, the indicator comes on after driving

for a few miles (kilometers).

■What to do when the indicator comes on

Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact

spare tire causes the indicator to comes on, change the tire to a full-size

tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).

Models with information display

1If the Low Tire Pressure Indicator Comes On

NOTICE

Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause

it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always

inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

Models with information display

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 531 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

532

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

Handling the Unexpected

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or

Blinks

■Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink

A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or

the compact spare tire is installed, the indicator blinks for about one

minute, and then stays on.

■What to do when the indicator comes on

Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the

pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on

the driver side doorjamb.

■What to do when the indicator blinks

Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact

spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.

The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).

Models with multi-information display

1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE

Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause

it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always

inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 532 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

533

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Fuses

Fuse Locations

If any electrical devices are not working,

turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1 and

check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.

Located near the windshield washer

reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box

cover. Locate the fuse in question by the

fuse number and box cover number.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an

ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

■Engine Compartment Fuse Box

(Passenger Side)

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1 − −

2− −

3ACG FR 15 A

4Washer 15 A

5VB SOL 7.5 A

6 ECU FR 7.5 A

7 − −

8FI Sub 15A

9DBW 15 A

10 FI Main 15 A

11 Ignition Coil 15 A

12 − −

13 − −

14 − −

15 Radio 20 A

16 Back Up 10 A

17 MG Clutch 7.5 A

18 Front Fog Lights*(20 A)

19 − −

20 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A

21 − −

22 Small Lights 10 A

23 − −

24 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A

25 − −

26 Right Headlight Low Beam 15 A

27 Left Headlight Low Beam 15 A

28 Oil Level 7.5 A

29 Main Fan 30 A

30 Sub Fan 30 A

31 Wiper Main 30 A

Circuit Protected Amps

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 533 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

534

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Handling the Unexpected

Located near the battery. Push the tabs to

open the box.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box

cover. Locate the fuse in question by the

fuse number and box cover number.

■Engine Compartment Fuse Box

(Driver Side)

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1Main Fuse 125 A

2-1

Fan Main 60 A

2-2

Passenger Side Fuse Box 2 50 A

2-3

HondaVACTM* (60 A)

2-4

Interior Light, FI Main 30 A

2-5

Stop & Horn, Hazard 30 A

2-6

Rear Blower, Battery

Management System 30 A

2-7

VSA FSR 30 A

2-8

VSA Motor 40 A

3-1

Driver Side Fuse Box 2 50 A

3-2

IG1 Main*1 50 A

3-2

Starter Motor*2 40 A

3-3

Rear Fuse Box 1 60 A

3-4

Passenger Side Fuse Box 1 50 A

3-5

Driver Side Fuse Box 1 50 A

3-6

Engine Compartment Fuse

Box (Passenger Side) Main 60 A

3-7

Passenger’s Side Power

Sliding Door Motor*(40 A)

3-8

Front Blower 40 A

Rear Defroster 40 A

− −

6 IG Main 2*30 A

7IG Main 1*30 A

*1:Models without smart entry system

*2:Models with smart entry system

8Battery Management

System 7.5 A

9Stop & Horn 20 A

10 Hazard 15 A

11 Interior Lights 7.5 A

Circuit Protected Amps

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 534 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

535

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Located under the dashboard.

Fuse locations are shown on the label on

the side panel.

Locate the fuse in question by the fuse

number and label number.

■Driver Side Fuse Box

Fuse Label

■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1Front Passenger's Door

Lock 7.5 A

2Rear Passenger's Door Lock 7.5 A

3Driver’s Door Lock 7.5 A

4Front Passenger's Door

Unlock 7.5 A

5Rear Passenger's Door

Unlock 7.5 A

6Driver’s Door Unlock 7.5 A

7Door Lock Main 20 A

8HAC Option*10 A

9Driver’s Side Power Sliding

Door Closer*(20 A)

10 Rear Fuse Box 15 A

11 Meter 7.5 A

12 Engine Compartment Fuse

Box (Passenger Side) 20 A

13 Accessory 7.5 A

14 STS*7.5 A

15 Driver’s Power Seat Sliding 20 A

16 Moonroof*(20 A)

17 Rear Driver’s Side Power

Window 20 A

18 Smart Entry System*(10 A)

19 Driver’s Power Window 20 A

20 − −

21 Fuel Pump 20 A

22 Passenger Side Fuse Box 15 A

23 VSA 7.5 A

24 ACG AS 7.5 A

25 STRLD 7.5 A

26 HAC 7.5 A

27 DRL (7.5 A)

28 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A

29 Driver’s Power Seat Lumbar

Support*(7.5 A)

30 TPMS 7.5 A

31 − −

32 Driver’s Power Seat

Reclining 20 A

33 Driver’s Side Power Sliding

Door Motor*(40 A)

34 − −

Circuit Protected Amps

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 535 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

536

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Handling the Unexpected

Located on the lower side panel. Take off

the cover to open.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box

cover.

Locate the fuse in question by the fuse

number and box cover number.

■Passenger Side Fuse Box ■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1Premium Amp*(30 A)

2Rear Passenger’s Side

Power Window 20 A

3ACM 10 A

−

5Seat Heaters*(15 A)

6 − −

7Front Passenger’s Power

Seat Sliding (20 A)

8Front Passenger’s Power

Seat Reclining (20 A)

9 − −

10 − −

11 − −

12 − −

13 Passenger’s Side Power

Sliding Door Closer*(20 A)

14 Rear Accessory Power

Socket 15 A

15 − −

16 − −

17 − −

18 Front Passenger’s Power

Window 20 A

19 SRS 10 A

20 ECU AS 7.5 A

21 Headlight Adjuster*(7.5 A)

22 − −

23 OPDS*(7.5 A)

24 OPDS*(7.5 A)

25 Illumination (Interior) 7.5 A

26 − −

27 Front Accessory Power

Socket 15 A

28 − −

Circuit Protected Amps

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 536 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

537

uuFusesuFuse Locations

Handling the Unexpected

Located on the left side of cargo area.

Remove the cover by prying on the edge of

the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver.

uWrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a

cloth to prevent scratches.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box

cover.

Locate the fuse in question by the fuse

number and box cover number.

■Rear Fuse Box ■Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps

1Power Tailgate Closer*(20 A)

2Trailer Small Light*(7.5 A)

3 − −

Tailgate

*(10 A)

5Rear Driver’s Side Door

Lock 7.5 A

6 − −

7 − −

8Trailer*(10 A)

9Trailer Charge*(20 A)

10 Trailer Back Light*(7.5 A)

11 Trailer Hazard*(7.5 A)

12 Rear Wiper 10 A

13 ECU RR 7.5 A

14 Power Tailgate Motor*(40 A)

15 AC Inverter*(30 A)

16 − −

17 − −

18 − −

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 537 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

538

uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses

Handling the Unexpected

Inspecting and Changing Fuses

1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0*1. Turn

headlights and all accessories off.

2. Remove the fuse box cover.

3. Check the large fuse in the engine

compartment.

uIf the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head

screwdriver to remove the screw and

replace it with a new one.

4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine

compartment and the vehicle interior.

uIf there is a burned out fuse, remove it

with the fuse puller and replace it with a

new one.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses

NOTICE

Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating

greatly increases the chances of damaging the

electrical system.

Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified

amperage.

Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on

P. 533 to 537.

There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse

box (passenger side).

Blown Fuse

Blown

Fuse

Fuse Puller

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 538 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

539

Handling the Unexpected

Emergency Towing

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

■Flat bed equipment

The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.

This is the best way to transport your vehicle.

■Wheel lift equipment

The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off

the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to

tow your vehicle.

1Emergency Towing

NOTICE

Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will

cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed

to support the vehicle's weight.

NOTICE

Improper towing such as towing behind a

motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the

transmission.

Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.

It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift

from side to side or break.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 539 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

540

Handling the Unexpected

When You Cannot Open or Close the Tailgate

If you cannot open or close the tailgate or power tailgate, use the following

procedure.

1. Use a flat-tip screwdriver and remove the

cover on the back of the tailgate.

uWrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth

to prevent scratches.

2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate

while pushing the lever to the right.

2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate

while pushing down the lever with the flat-

tip screwdriver.

1When You Cannot Open or Close the Tailgate

What to do-Following up

After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the

vehicle checked.

When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure

there is enough space around the tailgate, and it

does not hit anyone or any object.

Cover

Lever

Models with power tailgate

Lever

Models without power tailgate

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 540 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

541

Information

This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other

information required by regulation.

Specifications .................................... 542

Identification Numbers

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...... 544

Engine Number and Transmission

Number...................................... 544

Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 545

Reporting Safety Defects................. 546

Emissions Testing

Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 547

Warranty Coverages ........................ 549

Authorized Manuals......................... 551

Customer Service Information......... 552

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 541 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

542

Information

Specifications

■Vehicle Specifications

*1: LX model

Model Honda Odyssey

No. of Passengers:

Front 2

Rear 2nd Row 3 (2*1)

3rd Row 3

Total 8 (7*1)

Weights:

Gross Vehicle

Weight Rating

U.S.: 6,019 lbs (2,730 kg)

Canada: 2,730 kg

Gross Axle Weight

Rating (Front) U.S.: 2,910 lbs (1,320 kg)

Canada: 1,320 kg

Gross Axle Weight

Rating (Rear) U.S.: 3,197 lbs (1,450 kg)

Canada: 1,450 kg

Gross Combined

Weight Rating U.S.: 8,477 lbs (3,845 kg)

Canada: 3,845 kg

Air Conditioning:

Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)

Charge Quantity 24.9 – 26.6 oz (705 – 755 g)

Lubricant Type ND-OIL8

■Engine Specifications

■Fuel

■Washer Fluid

Displacement 212 cu-in (3,471 cm3)

Spark Plugs NGK DILZKR7A11G

Fuel:

Type

Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number

of 87 or higher

Fuel Tank Capacity 21 US gal (79.5 ℓ)

Tank Capacity U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)

Canada: 4.5 US qt (4.3 ℓ)

■Light Bulbs

Headlights (Low Beam) 35W (D2S)*

55W (H11)*

Headlights (High Beam) 60W (HB3)

Fog Lights*55W (H11)

Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side

Marker Lights 28/8W

Side Turn Signal Lights

(on Door Mirrors)*LED

Brake Lights 21W

Rear Side Marker/Taillights LED

Rear Turn Signal Lights 21W (Amber)

Back-Up Lights 21W

Taillights LED

High-Mount Brake Light 16W

Rear License Plate Lights 5W

Map Lights (Front) 5W

Map Lights (Rear) 5W

Cargo Area Light 8W

Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4W

Door Courtesy Lights 3.8W (2CP)

Glove Box Light 1.4W

Foot Light*LED

* Not available on all models

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 542 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

543

uuSpecificationsu

Information

■Brake Fluid

■Automatic Transmission Fluid

Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

Specified Honda ATF DW-1

(automatic transmission fluid)

Capacity Change 3.3 US qt (3.1 ℓ)

■Engine Oil

■Engine Coolant

Recommended ·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20

·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil

Capacity

Change 4.2 US qt (4.0 ℓ)

Change

including

filter

4.5 US qt (4.3 ℓ)

Specified Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2

Ratio 50/50 with distilled water

Capacity

1.93 US gal (7.3 ℓ)

(change including the remaining

0.225 US gal (0.85 ℓ) in the reserve tank)

■Tire

*1: Touring models

Regular

Size P235/65R17 103T

P235/60R18 102T*1

Pressure

psi(kPa[kgf/cm2])

33 (230 [2.3])

35 (240 [2.4])*1

Compact

Spare

Size T135/80D17 103M

Pressure

psi(kPa[kgf/cm2]) 60 (420 [4.2])

Wheel Size Regular 17 x 7J

18 x 7J*1

Compact Spare 17 x 4T

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 543 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

544

Information

Identification Numbers

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your

vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. See the

image below for the VIN locations.

Engine Number and Transmission Number

See the image below for the locations of your vehicle's engine number and

transmission number.

Vehicle Identification Number Certification Label/

Vehicle Identification

Number

Engine Number

Transmission Number

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 544 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

545

Information

Devices that Emit Radio Waves

The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.

Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required

standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada

Standard, described below:

As required by the FCC:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is

subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not

cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any

interference received, including interference that may cause

undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to

operate the equipment.

This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/310. Operation is

subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference,

and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may

cause undesired operation of the device.

Audio System

Bluetooth® Audio

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver

Immobilizer System

Parking Sensor System (Canadian models only)

Remote Transmitter

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Rear Entertainment System Remote Control

Models with Rear Entertainment System

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 545 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

546

Information

Reporting Safety Defects

In the U.S.

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you

should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to

notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists

in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved

in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-

9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,

Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://

www.safercar.gov.

In Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you

should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety

defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada

cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.

To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For

more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/

roadsafety.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 546 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

547

Continued

Information

Emissions Testing

Testing of Readiness Codes

Your vehicle uses “readiness codes,” as part of its onboard self diagnostic system.

Some states refer to these codes during testing to see if your vehicle's emissions

components are working properly.

The codes may not be read if you go through the testing just after the battery has

gone dead or been disconnected.

To check if they are set, turn the ignition switch to ON (w*1, without starting the

engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then

goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are

not set.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,

prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:

1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.

2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for six hours or more.

3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).

4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20

seconds.

5. Keep the vehicle in (P. Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there

until the temperature gauge rises to at least 1/4 of the scale (about three

minutes).

6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.

*1: Models with the smart entry system have an ENGINE START/STOP button instead of an

ignition switch.

1Testing of Readiness Codes

The readiness codes are erased when the battery is

disconnected, and set again only after several days of

driving under a variety of conditions.

If a testing facility determines that the readiness

codes are not set, you may be requested to return at

a later date to complete the test.

If the testing facility determines the readiness codes

are still not set, see a dealer.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 547 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

548

uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes

Information

7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed

of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in

(D. Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without

moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you

cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for

at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).

8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions

allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal

or the brake pedal.

9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 548 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

549

Continued

Information

Warranty Coverages

■U.S. Owners

Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:

New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the

emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and

workmanship.

Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance

Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.

Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for

exact information.

Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered

by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for

rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.

Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this

warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other

factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts

against defects in materials and workmanship.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 549 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

550

uuWarranty Coveragesu

Information

Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a

replacement battery purchased from a dealer.

Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as

long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.

Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda

warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on

warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.

Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

■Canadian Owners

Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 550 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

551

Information

Authorized Manuals

Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by

phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

1Authorized Manuals

Service Manual:

Covers maintenance and recommended procedures

for repair to engine and chassis components. It is

written for the journeyman technician, but it is simple

enough for most mechanically inclined owners to

understand.

Electrical Troubleshooting Manual:

Complements the Service Manual by providing in-

depth troubleshooting information for each electrical

circuit in your vehicle.

Body Repair Manual:

Describes the procedures involved in the replacement

of damaged body parts.

For Canadian Owners:

Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you

may require.

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 551 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

552

Information

Customer Service Information

Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals.

They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that

your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the

dealership's service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the

decision made by the dealership's management, contact Honda Customer Services.

U.S. Owners:

American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

Honda Automobile Customer Services

Mail Stop 500-2N-7A

1919 Torrance Blvd.

Torrance, CA 90501-2746

Tel: (800) 999-1009

Canadian Owners:

Honda Canada Inc.

Customer Relations

180 Honda Boulevard

Markham, ON

L6C 0H9

Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9

Fax: 1-877-939-0909

E-mail: Honda_cr@ch.honda.com

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin

Islands:

Bella International

P.O. Box 190816

San Juan, PR 00919-0816

Tel: (787) 620-7546

1Customer Service Information

When you call or write, please give us the following

information:

•Vehicle Identification Number

2Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

P. 544

•Date of purchase

•Odometer reading of your vehicle

•Your name, address, and telephone number

•A detailed description of the problem

•Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 552 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Index

553

Index

AAC................................... 221, 229, 252, 262

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 438

AC Power Outlet ...................................... 185

Accessories and Modifications ................ 450

Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 183

Additives

Coolant .................................................. 470

Engine Oil ............................................... 465

Washer ................................................... 474

Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 465

Adjusting

Armrest .................................................. 175

Front Seats.............................................. 161

Head Restraints....................................... 164

Mirrors.................................................... 158

Rear Seats....................................... 162, 169

Steering Wheel ....................................... 157

Temperature ....................................... 95, 98

AhaTM Menu ............................................. 261

AhaTM Radio.............................................. 271

Air Conditioning System (Climate Control

System).................................................... 198

Changing the Mode................................ 198

Defrosting the Windshield and

Windows .............................................. 199

Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 504

Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 198

Sensors ................................................... 203

Using Automatic Climate Control............ 198

Air Conditioning System (Heating and

Cooling System) ...................................... 194

Cooling ................................................... 196

Defrosting the Windshield and

Windows ............................................... 196

Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 504

Heating ................................................... 195

Air Pressure ....................................... 491, 543

Airbags ........................................................ 39

Advanced Airbags ..................................... 45

Airbag Care............................................... 51

Event Data Recorder .................................. 22

Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 42

Indicator.............................................. 49, 74

Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 50

Sensors...................................................... 39

Side Airbags .............................................. 46

Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 48

AM/FM Radio .................................... 218, 245

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 438

Indicator.................................................... 73

Armrest ..................................................... 175

Audio Remote Controls............................ 210

Audio System ............................................ 206

Adjusting the Sound................ 216, 237, 243

Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 207

Error Messages ........................................ 267

General Information ................................ 272

Internet Radio.................................. 227, 259

iPod®............................................... 224, 255

MP3/WMA/AAC .............. 221, 229, 252, 262

Reactivating ............................................ 208

Recommended CDs................................. 273

Recommended Devices............................ 275

Remote Controls ..................................... 210

Security Code.......................................... 208

Shortcuts................................................. 236

Theft Protection ...................................... 208

Touch Screen .......................................... 235

USB Flash Drives...................................... 275

USB Port.................................................. 207

Audio with Touch Screen......................... 235

Authorized Manuals ................................ 551

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 120

Customize............................... 103, 307, 317

Automatic Lighting .................................. 148

Automatic Transmission........................... 412

Creeping................................................. 412

Fluid........................................................ 472

Kickdown................................................ 412

Operating the Shift Lever................... 16, 414

Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 525

Shifting ................................................... 413

Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 207

Average Fuel Economy ........................ 94, 97

Average Speed ........................................... 98

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 553 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

554

Index

Battery....................................................... 499

Charging System Indicator ................. 72, 528

Jump Starting .......................................... 523

Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 499

Maintenance (Replacing).................. 500, 502

Belts (Seat) .................................................. 30

Beverage Holders...................................... 181

Blind Spot Information (BSI) System........ 432

Bluetooth® Audio ............................. 232, 265

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®............. 327, 360

Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 65

Brake System............................................. 436

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 438

Brake Assist System ................................. 439

Fluid ........................................................ 473

Foot Brake ............................................... 437

Indicator ............................................ 70, 530

Parking Brake .......................................... 436

Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) .... 153

BSI (Blind Spot Information) System........ 432

Bulb Replacement..................................... 475

Back-Up/Taillight...................................... 483

Brake Light, Rear Side Marker/

Taillight and Rear Turn Signal Lights....... 481

Fog Lights................................................ 479

Front Turn Signal/Parking/

Side Marker Lights ................................. 480

Headlights ............................................... 475

High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 485

Rear License Plate Lights .......................... 484

Side Turn Signal/

Emergency Indicator Lights .................... 480

Bulb Specifications ................................... 542

Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 66

Cargo Hooks ............................................. 186

Carrying Cargo ................................. 397, 399

CD Player........................................... 221, 252

Center Pocket ........................................... 180

Certification Label.................................... 544

Changing Bulbs ........................................ 475

Charging System Indicator................. 72, 528

Child Safety................................................. 52

Childproof Door Locks............................. 119

Child Seat.................................................... 52

Booster Seats ............................................ 65

Child Seat for Infants................................. 54

Child Seat for Small Children..................... 55

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat

Belt ......................................................... 60

Larger Children ......................................... 64

Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 54

Selecting a Child Seat................................ 56

Using a Tether........................................... 62

Childproof Door Locks ............................. 119

Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 507

Cleaning the Interior................................ 505

Climate Control System............................ 198

Changing the Mode ................................ 198

Defrosting the Windshield and

Windows .............................................. 199

Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 504

Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 198

Sensors ................................................... 203

Using Automatic Climate Control............ 198

Clock ......................................................... 108

Coat Hooks ............................................... 186

Compact Spare Tire.......................... 511, 543

Compass.................................................... 392

Controls .................................................... 107

Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 470

Adding to the Radiator ........................... 471

Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 470

Overheating............................................ 526

Temperature Gauge.................................. 92

Creeping (Automatic Transmission)........ 412

Cruise Control .......................................... 415

Indicator ................................................... 82

Cup Holders.............................................. 181

Customer Service Information ................ 552

Customized Features ......................... 99, 295

Daytime Running Lights .......................... 150

Dead Battery ............................................ 523

Defrosting the Windshield and

Windows......................................... 196, 199

Detachable Anchor .................................... 35

Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 545

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 554 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

555

Index

Dimming

Headlights .............................................. 147

Rearview Mirror ...................................... 158

Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 466

Directional Signals (Turn Signal)............. 147

Display Button.................................. 212, 238

Door Mirrors............................................. 159

Doors ........................................................ 110

Auto Door Locking.................................. 120

Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 120

Door and Tailgate Open Indicator ....... 29, 75

Keys........................................................ 110

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from

the Inside .............................................. 118

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from

the Outside ........................................... 113

Lockout Prevention System ..................... 117

DOT Tire Quality Grading........................ 493

Driving ...................................................... 395

Automatic Transmission .......................... 412

Braking ................................................... 436

Cruise Control ........................................ 415

Shifting Gear .......................................... 413

Starting the Engine ......................... 407, 409

Driving Position Memory System ............ 155

Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 504

Elapsed Time .............................................. 97

Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............ 426

Emergency ................................................ 539

Emergency Engine Stop ........................... 522

Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 547

Engine ....................................................... 544

Coolant ................................................... 470

Jump Starting .......................................... 523

Oil ........................................................... 465

Starting ........................................... 407, 409

Switch Buzzer.......................................... 142

Engine Coolant ......................................... 470

Adding to the Radiator ............................ 471

Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 470

Overheating ............................................ 526

Temperature Gauge .................................. 92

Engine Oil ................................................. 465

Adding .................................................... 467

Checking................................................. 466

Displaying Oil Life ............................ 455, 459

Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 71, 528

Recommended Engine Oil........................ 465

ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 143

Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon

Monoxide)................................................. 66

Expanded View Driver’s Mirror ............... 160

Exterior Care (Cleaning) ........................... 507

Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 159

Features..................................................... 205

Filters

Dust and Pollen....................................... 504

Oil........................................................... 468

Flat Tire..................................................... 511

Flip-up Trash Bag Ring ............................. 179

Floor Mats................................................. 506

Fluids

Automatic Transmission .......................... 472

Brake ...................................................... 473

Engine Coolant ....................................... 470

Power Steering........................................ 474

Windshield Washer ................................. 474

Fog Light Indicator..................................... 78

Folding Down the Rear Seats .......... 162, 173

Foot Brake ................................................ 437

Forward Collision Warning (FCW)........... 418

Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 42

Front Seats................................................ 161

Adjusting ................................................ 161

Fuel...................................................... 17, 446

Economy................................................. 449

Gauge....................................................... 92

Instant Fuel Economy .......................... 94, 97

Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 73

Range ................................................. 94, 97

Recommendation .................................... 446

Refueling................................................. 446

Fuel Economy ........................................... 449

Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 17, 448

Message.................................................. 529

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 555 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

556

Index

Fuel Fill Door....................................... 17, 447

Fuses .......................................................... 533

Inspecting and Changing ......................... 538

Locations ................. 533, 534, 535, 536, 537

Gasoline (Fuel)

Economy ................................................. 449

Gauge ....................................................... 92

Information ............................................. 446

Instant Fuel Economy........................... 94, 97

Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 73

Refueling................................................. 446

Gauges......................................................... 92

Gear Shift Lever Positions

Automatic Transmission........................... 413

Glass (care) ................................................ 508

Glove Box .................................................. 178

Grocery Bag Hooks ................................... 187

Halogen Bulbs................................... 475, 479

Handling the Unexpected ........................ 509

HandsFreeLink® (HFL)....................... 327, 360

Auto Answer ................................... 342, 374

Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and

Call History .................................... 344, 376

Automatic Transferring .................... 342, 374

Displaying E-mails.................................... 389

Displaying Text Messages ................ 356, 388

HFL Buttons..................................... 327, 360

HFL Menus ...................................... 329, 362

HFL Status Display ........................... 328, 361

Limitations for Manual Operation .... 328, 361

Making a Call.................................. 348, 380

Options During a Call ...................... 354, 385

Phone Setup.................................... 334, 366

Receiving a Call ............................... 353, 384

Receiving a Text Message ........................ 355

Receiving a Text Message/E-mail.............. 386

Ring Tone........................................ 343, 375

Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 387

Speed Dial....................................... 345, 377

To Create a Security PIN .................. 341, 373

To Set Up a Text Message Options .......... 339

To Set Up a Text Message/E-mail

Options ................................................. 371

Use Contact Photo .................................. 375

Hazard Warning Button .............................. 2

Head Restraints ........................................ 164

Headlights................................................. 147

Aiming .................................................... 475

Automatic Operation............................... 148

Dimming ......................................... 147, 150

Operating................................................ 147

Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 189

Heating and Cooling System ................... 194

Cooling ................................................... 196

Defrosting the Windshield and

Windows............................................... 196

Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 504

Heating................................................... 195

HFL (HandsFreeLink®)...................... 327, 360

High Beam Indicator.................................. 77

HondaVACTM............................................. 191

Identification Numbers

Engine and Transmission......................... 544

Vehicle Identification............................... 544

Ignition Switch ......................................... 142

Illumination Control ................................ 153

Knob ...................................................... 153

Immobilizer System.................................. 135

Indicator ................................................... 78

Indicators.................................................... 70

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) .................... 73

Brake System (Amber)............................... 70

BSI (Blind Spot Information) System........... 83

Charging System............................... 72, 528

CRUISE CONTROL ............................. 82, 416

CRUISE MAIN.................................... 82, 415

Daytime Running Lights ............................ 75

Door and Tailgate Open...................... 29, 75

Fog Light .................................................. 78

Forward Collision Warning (FCW) ............. 80

Fuel Economy ........................................... 82

Hazard Warning........................................ 77

High Beam................................................ 77

Immobilizer System ................................... 78

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 556 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

557

Index

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ................ 81

Lights On .................................................. 77

Low Fuel ................................................... 73

Low Oil Pressure ............................... 71, 528

Low Tire Pressure .............................. 76, 428

Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ............ 76, 428, 429

Maintenance Minder......................... 82, 455

Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 71, 529

Parking Brake and Brake System

(Red) ............................................... 70, 530

Parking Sensor .......................................... 75

Power Sliding Door ................................... 83

Power Tailgate .......................................... 82

Seat Belt Reminder.............................. 31, 73

Security System Alarm............................... 79

Shift Lever Position.................................... 72

Smart Entry System ................................... 79

Starter System........................................... 79

Supplemental Restraint System ........... 49, 74

System Message ....................................... 77

TPMS ................................................ 76, 430

Transmission ............................................. 72

Turn Signal ............................................... 77

VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist)

System ............................................ 74, 426

VSA® OFF.......................................... 74, 427

Washer Level ............................................ 82

Information .............................................. 541

Information Button ................................... 96

Information Display ................................... 93

Instant Fuel Economy .......................... 94, 97

Instrument Panel ........................................ 69

Brightness Control................................... 153

Integrated Sunshades............................... 190

Interface Dial ............................................ 234

Interior Lights ........................................... 176

Interior Rearview Mirror .......................... 158

Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 514

Jump Starting ........................................... 523

Key Number Tag....................................... 111

Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 117

Keys ........................................................... 110

Lockout Prevention.................................. 117

Master Keys............................................. 110

Number Tag ............................................ 111

Rear Door Won’t Open ............................ 119

Remote Transmitter ................................. 113

Types and Functions ................................ 110

Valet Key................................................. 111

Won’t Turn................................................ 20

Kickdown (Automatic Transmission)....... 412

Lane Departure Warning (LDW).............. 422

LaneWatchTM ............................................. 434

Language (HFL) ................................ 328, 361

LATCH (Child Seats).................................... 57

Lights................................................. 147, 475

Automatic............................................... 148

Bulb Replacement ................................... 475

Daytime Running Lights........................... 150

Fog Lights ............................................... 150

High Beam Indicator.................................. 77

Interior.................................................... 176

Light Switches......................................... 147

Lights On Indicator .................................... 77

Turn Signals ............................................ 147

Load Limits................................................ 399

Locking/Unlocking.................................... 110

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking.................. 120

Childproof Door Locks............................. 119

From Inside ............................................. 118

From Outside .......................................... 113

Keys........................................................ 110

Using a Key ............................................. 117

Lockout Prevention System ..................... 117

Low Battery Charge ................................. 528

Low Fuel Indicator...................................... 73

Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 71, 528

Low Smart Entry Remote Signal

Strength .................................................. 112

Lower Anchors............................................ 57

Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 399

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 557 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

558

Index

Maintenance ............................................. 451

Battery..................................................... 499

Brake Fluid............................................... 473

Cleaning.................................................. 505

Climate Control System ........................... 504

Coolant ................................................... 470

Heating and Cooling System.................... 504

Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 455

Oil ........................................................... 466

Power Steering Fluid ................................ 474

Precautions.............................................. 452

Radiator................................................... 471

Remote Control and Wireless

Headphone............................................ 502

Remote Transmitter ................................. 500

Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 475

Safety...................................................... 453

Service Items.................................... 457, 461

Tires ........................................................ 490

Transmission Fluid.................................... 472

Under the Hood....................................... 463

Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 71, 529

Map Lights ................................................ 177

Maximum Load Limit................................ 399

Meters, Gauges........................................... 92

Mirrors....................................................... 158

Adjusting................................................. 158

Door........................................................ 159

Exterior.................................................... 159

Interior Rearview...................................... 158

Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 450

Moonroof ................................................. 141

MP3 ................................... 221, 229, 252, 262

Multi-Information Display ......................... 96

Numbers (Identification).......................... 544

Odometer ............................................. 93, 97

Oil (Engine)............................................... 465

Adding.................................................... 467

Checking................................................. 466

Displaying Oil Life............................ 455, 459

Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 71, 528

Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 465

Viscosity .................................................. 465

Opening/Closing

Hood....................................................... 464

Moonroof ............................................... 141

Power Windows ...................................... 138

Sliding Doors........................................... 127

Tailgate ................................................... 121

Outside Temperature Display.............. 95, 98

Overheating.............................................. 526

Pandora®........................................... 228, 260

Panic Mode ............................................... 137

Parking ..................................................... 440

Parking Brake........................................... 436

Parking Brake and Brake System

Indicator ................................................... 70

Parking Sensor System............................. 441

Passenger Airbag Off Indicator................. 50

Passing Indicators..................................... 147

Power Sliding Doors ................................ 129

Power Tailgate ......................................... 123

Power Windows ....................................... 138

Precautions While Driving....................... 411

Rain ........................................................ 411

Pregnant Women....................................... 37

Puncture (Tire) ......................................... 511

Radiator.................................................... 471

Radio (AM/FM) ................................. 218, 245

Radio (XM®).............................................. 249

Radio Data System (RDS) ................. 219, 247

Range.................................................... 94, 97

RDS (Radio Data System) ................. 219, 247

Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ...... 547

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror

Button..................................................... 154

Rear Entertainment System..................... 276

Rear Seats (Folding Down) .............. 162, 173

Rearview Camera ..................................... 445

Rearview Mirror ....................................... 158

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 558 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

559

Index

Refueling .................................................. 446

Fuel Gauge ............................................... 92

Gasoline ......................................... 446, 542

Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 73

Regulations .............................. 429, 493, 545

Remote Transmitter................................. 113

Removable Center Console ..................... 178

Removing a Second Row Outer Seat ...... 170

Removing the Second Row Center

Seat ......................................................... 172

Replacement

Battery............................................ 500, 502

Bulbs ...................................................... 475

Fuses ...................... 533, 534, 535, 536, 537

Tires........................................................ 496

Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 486

Reporting Safety Defects......................... 546

Resetting a Trip Meter......................... 94, 97

Safe Driving................................................ 25

Safety Check............................................... 29

Safety Labels .............................................. 67

Safety Message .......................................... 23

Seat Belts .................................................... 30

Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor ................. 34

Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 32

Checking .................................................. 38

Detachable Anchor ................................... 35

Fastening .................................................. 33

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat

Belt.......................................................... 60

Pregnant Women ...................................... 37

Reminder................................................... 31

Warning Indicator................................ 31, 73

Seat Heaters.............................................. 189

Seats .......................................................... 161

Adjusting................................................. 161

Front Seats .............................................. 161

Rear Seats ............................................... 169

Seat Heaters ............................................ 189

Security System ......................................... 135

Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 78

Security System Alarm Indicator................. 79

SEL/RESET Button........................................ 96

Select Lever ......................................... 16, 413

Operation .......................................... 16, 414

Releasing................................................. 525

Won’t Move ............................................ 525

Select/Reset Knob ....................................... 93

Selecting a Child Seat................................. 56

Selector Knob (Audio).............................. 211

Shift Lever ........................................... 16, 413

Shift Lever Position Indicator............. 72, 414

Shifting (Transmission)............................. 413

Shoulder Anchor......................................... 34

Side Airbags ................................................ 46

Side Curtain Airbags................................... 48

Sliding Doors............................................. 127

Power Sliding Doors ................................ 129

Sliding the Second Row Outer Seats

Outward.................................................. 171

Smart Entry with Push Button Start

System ..................................................... 115

Snow Tires................................................. 498

Spare Tire.......................................... 511, 543

Spark Plugs ............................................... 542

Specifications............................................ 542

Specified Fuel ................................... 446, 542

Speedometer .............................................. 92

SRS Airbags (Airbags)................................. 42

Starting the Engine.......................... 407, 409

Does Not Start......................................... 520

Engine Switch Buzzer .............................. 142

Jump Starting.......................................... 523

Steering Wheel......................................... 157

Adjusting ................................................ 157

Stopping ................................................... 440

Summer Tires ............................................ 498

Sunglasses Holder..................................... 188

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 42

Switches (Around the Steering

Wheel)............................................. 2, 3, 142

System Message Indicator.......................... 77

Tachometer................................................. 92

Tailgate..................................................... 121

Unable to Open....................................... 540

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 559 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

560

Index

Temperature

Gauge ....................................................... 92

Outside Temperature Display ............... 95, 98

Temperature Gauge ................................... 92

Temperature Sensor ..................... 95, 98, 203

Third Row Seat Access .............................. 169

Time (Adjusting) ....................................... 108

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)...................................................... 428

Indicator.................................... 76, 531, 532

Tires ........................................................... 490

Air Pressure ..................................... 491, 543

Checking and Maintaining....................... 490

Inspection................................................ 490

Labeling................................................... 491

Puncture (Flat Tire)................................... 511

Regulations.............................................. 493

Rotation .................................................. 497

Spare Tire ........................................ 511, 543

Summer................................................... 498

Tire Chains .............................................. 498

Wear Indicators ....................................... 495

Winter..................................................... 498

Tools .......................................................... 510

Towing a Trailer........................................ 401

Equipment and Accessories...................... 402

Load Limits .............................................. 401

Towing Your Vehicle ................................ 406

Emergency............................................... 539

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring

System) .................................................... 428

Indicator.................................... 76, 531, 532

Transmission ............................................. 413

Automatic ............................................... 412

Fluid........................................................ 472

Number................................................... 544

Shift Lever Position Indicator.............. 72, 414

Trip Meter............................................. 94, 97

Troubleshooting....................................... 509

Blown Fuse.............. 533, 534, 535, 536, 537

Brake Pedal Vibrates.................................. 20

Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 21

Emergency Towing.................................. 539

Engine Won’t Start.................................. 520

Noise When Braking.................................. 21

Overheating ............................................ 526

Puncture/Flat Tire .................................... 511

Select Lever Won’t Move......................... 525

Sliding Door Won’t Open .................. 21, 119

Warning Indicators .................................... 70

Tucking away the One-Motion Third row

magic Seat............................................... 173

Turn Signals .............................................. 147

Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 77

Unlocking the Doors ................................ 113

Unlocking the Front Doors from

the Inside ................................................ 118

USB Flash Drives ....................................... 275

USB Port.................................................... 207

Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start

System..................................................... 115

Vacuum..................................................... 191

Valet Key .................................................. 111

Vanity Mirrors .............................................. 5

Vehicle Identification Number ................ 544

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)................. 426

Off Button .............................................. 427

Off Indicator ............................................. 74

System Indicator ....................................... 74

Ventilation ....................................... 194, 198

Viscosity (Oil).................................... 465, 543

VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist) ................. 426

Warning and Information Messages .. 84, 86

Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 528

Warning Labels .......................................... 67

Warranties (Warranty Manual provided

separately) .............................................. 549

Watts ........................................................ 542

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 560 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

561

Index

Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 495

Wheel Cover............................................. 515

Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)........... 514

Window Washers ..................................... 151

Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 474

Switch .................................................... 151

Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 138

Windshield ............................................... 151

Cleaning ................................................. 508

Defrosting....................................... 196, 199

Washer Fluid........................................... 474

Wiper Blades........................................... 486

Wipers and Washers ............................... 151

Winter Tires.............................................. 498

Snow Tires .............................................. 498

Tire Chains.............................................. 498

Wipers and Washers ................................ 151

Checking and Replacing the Rear Wiper

Blade .................................................... 488

Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades..... 486

WMA................................. 221, 229, 252, 262

Worn Tires ................................................ 490

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 561 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 562 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 563 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

14 US ODYSSEY-31TK86300.book 564 ページ２０１３年７月２５日　木曜日　午後４時２３分

Honda 2014 Odyssey Owners Manual

Honda-2014-Odyssey-Owners-Manual-106983 honda-2014-odyssey-owners-manual-106983

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation